xref: /freebsd/contrib/llvm-project/lld/ELF/SyntheticSections.cpp (revision 0b57cec536236d46e3dba9bd041533462f33dbb7)
1*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric //===- SyntheticSections.cpp ----------------------------------------------===//
2*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric //
3*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric //
7*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric //
9*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // This file contains linker-synthesized sections. Currently,
10*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // synthetic sections are created either output sections or input sections,
11*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // but we are rewriting code so that all synthetic sections are created as
12*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // input sections.
13*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric //
14*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
15*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
16*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "SyntheticSections.h"
17*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "Config.h"
18*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "InputFiles.h"
19*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "LinkerScript.h"
20*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "OutputSections.h"
21*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "SymbolTable.h"
22*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "Symbols.h"
23*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "Target.h"
24*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "Writer.h"
25*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "lld/Common/ErrorHandler.h"
26*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "lld/Common/Memory.h"
27*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "lld/Common/Strings.h"
28*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "lld/Common/Threads.h"
29*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "lld/Common/Version.h"
30*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "llvm/ADT/SetOperations.h"
31*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
32*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "llvm/BinaryFormat/Dwarf.h"
33*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "llvm/DebugInfo/DWARF/DWARFDebugPubTable.h"
34*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "llvm/Object/ELFObjectFile.h"
35*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "llvm/Support/Compression.h"
36*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "llvm/Support/Endian.h"
37*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "llvm/Support/LEB128.h"
38*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "llvm/Support/MD5.h"
39*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include <cstdlib>
40*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include <thread>
41*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
42*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric using namespace llvm;
43*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric using namespace llvm::dwarf;
44*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric using namespace llvm::ELF;
45*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric using namespace llvm::object;
46*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric using namespace llvm::support;
47*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
48*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric using namespace lld;
49*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric using namespace lld::elf;
50*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
51*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric using llvm::support::endian::read32le;
52*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric using llvm::support::endian::write32le;
53*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric using llvm::support::endian::write64le;
54*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
55*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric constexpr size_t MergeNoTailSection::numShards;
56*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
57*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric static uint64_t readUint(uint8_t *buf) {
58*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return config->is64 ? read64(buf) : read32(buf);
59*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
60*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
61*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric static void writeUint(uint8_t *buf, uint64_t val) {
62*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (config->is64)
63*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     write64(buf, val);
64*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   else
65*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     write32(buf, val);
66*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
67*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
68*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Returns an LLD version string.
69*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric static ArrayRef<uint8_t> getVersion() {
70*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Check LLD_VERSION first for ease of testing.
71*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // You can get consistent output by using the environment variable.
72*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // This is only for testing.
73*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   StringRef s = getenv("LLD_VERSION");
74*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (s.empty())
75*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     s = saver.save(Twine("Linker: ") + getLLDVersion());
76*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
77*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // +1 to include the terminating '\0'.
78*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return {(const uint8_t *)s.data(), s.size() + 1};
79*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
80*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
81*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Creates a .comment section containing LLD version info.
82*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // With this feature, you can identify LLD-generated binaries easily
83*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // by "readelf --string-dump .comment <file>".
84*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // The returned object is a mergeable string section.
85*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric MergeInputSection *elf::createCommentSection() {
86*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return make<MergeInputSection>(SHF_MERGE | SHF_STRINGS, SHT_PROGBITS, 1,
87*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                                  getVersion(), ".comment");
88*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
89*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
90*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // .MIPS.abiflags section.
91*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT>
92*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric MipsAbiFlagsSection<ELFT>::MipsAbiFlagsSection(Elf_Mips_ABIFlags flags)
93*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC, SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS, 8, ".MIPS.abiflags"),
94*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       flags(flags) {
95*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   this->entsize = sizeof(Elf_Mips_ABIFlags);
96*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
97*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
98*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> void MipsAbiFlagsSection<ELFT>::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) {
99*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   memcpy(buf, &flags, sizeof(flags));
100*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
101*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
102*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT>
103*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric MipsAbiFlagsSection<ELFT> *MipsAbiFlagsSection<ELFT>::create() {
104*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   Elf_Mips_ABIFlags flags = {};
105*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   bool create = false;
106*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
107*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (InputSectionBase *sec : inputSections) {
108*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (sec->type != SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS)
109*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       continue;
110*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     sec->markDead();
111*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     create = true;
112*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
113*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     std::string filename = toString(sec->file);
114*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     const size_t size = sec->data().size();
115*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // Older version of BFD (such as the default FreeBSD linker) concatenate
116*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // .MIPS.abiflags instead of merging. To allow for this case (or potential
117*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // zero padding) we ignore everything after the first Elf_Mips_ABIFlags
118*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (size < sizeof(Elf_Mips_ABIFlags)) {
119*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       error(filename + ": invalid size of .MIPS.abiflags section: got " +
120*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric             Twine(size) + " instead of " + Twine(sizeof(Elf_Mips_ABIFlags)));
121*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       return nullptr;
122*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
123*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     auto *s = reinterpret_cast<const Elf_Mips_ABIFlags *>(sec->data().data());
124*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (s->version != 0) {
125*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       error(filename + ": unexpected .MIPS.abiflags version " +
126*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric             Twine(s->version));
127*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       return nullptr;
128*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
129*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
130*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // LLD checks ISA compatibility in calcMipsEFlags(). Here we just
131*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // select the highest number of ISA/Rev/Ext.
132*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     flags.isa_level = std::max(flags.isa_level, s->isa_level);
133*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     flags.isa_rev = std::max(flags.isa_rev, s->isa_rev);
134*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     flags.isa_ext = std::max(flags.isa_ext, s->isa_ext);
135*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     flags.gpr_size = std::max(flags.gpr_size, s->gpr_size);
136*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     flags.cpr1_size = std::max(flags.cpr1_size, s->cpr1_size);
137*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     flags.cpr2_size = std::max(flags.cpr2_size, s->cpr2_size);
138*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     flags.ases |= s->ases;
139*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     flags.flags1 |= s->flags1;
140*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     flags.flags2 |= s->flags2;
141*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     flags.fp_abi = elf::getMipsFpAbiFlag(flags.fp_abi, s->fp_abi, filename);
142*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   };
143*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
144*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (create)
145*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return make<MipsAbiFlagsSection<ELFT>>(flags);
146*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return nullptr;
147*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
148*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
149*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // .MIPS.options section.
150*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT>
151*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric MipsOptionsSection<ELFT>::MipsOptionsSection(Elf_Mips_RegInfo reginfo)
152*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC, SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 8, ".MIPS.options"),
153*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       reginfo(reginfo) {
154*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   this->entsize = sizeof(Elf_Mips_Options) + sizeof(Elf_Mips_RegInfo);
155*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
156*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
157*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> void MipsOptionsSection<ELFT>::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) {
158*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   auto *options = reinterpret_cast<Elf_Mips_Options *>(buf);
159*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   options->kind = ODK_REGINFO;
160*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   options->size = getSize();
161*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
162*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (!config->relocatable)
163*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     reginfo.ri_gp_value = in.mipsGot->getGp();
164*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   memcpy(buf + sizeof(Elf_Mips_Options), &reginfo, sizeof(reginfo));
165*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
166*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
167*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT>
168*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric MipsOptionsSection<ELFT> *MipsOptionsSection<ELFT>::create() {
169*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // N64 ABI only.
170*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (!ELFT::Is64Bits)
171*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return nullptr;
172*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
173*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   std::vector<InputSectionBase *> sections;
174*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (InputSectionBase *sec : inputSections)
175*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (sec->type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
176*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       sections.push_back(sec);
177*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
178*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (sections.empty())
179*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return nullptr;
180*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
181*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   Elf_Mips_RegInfo reginfo = {};
182*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (InputSectionBase *sec : sections) {
183*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     sec->markDead();
184*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
185*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     std::string filename = toString(sec->file);
186*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     ArrayRef<uint8_t> d = sec->data();
187*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
188*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     while (!d.empty()) {
189*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       if (d.size() < sizeof(Elf_Mips_Options)) {
190*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         error(filename + ": invalid size of .MIPS.options section");
191*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         break;
192*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       }
193*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
194*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       auto *opt = reinterpret_cast<const Elf_Mips_Options *>(d.data());
195*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       if (opt->kind == ODK_REGINFO) {
196*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         reginfo.ri_gprmask |= opt->getRegInfo().ri_gprmask;
197*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         sec->getFile<ELFT>()->mipsGp0 = opt->getRegInfo().ri_gp_value;
198*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         break;
199*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       }
200*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
201*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       if (!opt->size)
202*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         fatal(filename + ": zero option descriptor size");
203*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       d = d.slice(opt->size);
204*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
205*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   };
206*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
207*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return make<MipsOptionsSection<ELFT>>(reginfo);
208*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
209*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
210*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // MIPS .reginfo section.
211*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT>
212*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric MipsReginfoSection<ELFT>::MipsReginfoSection(Elf_Mips_RegInfo reginfo)
213*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC, SHT_MIPS_REGINFO, 4, ".reginfo"),
214*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       reginfo(reginfo) {
215*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   this->entsize = sizeof(Elf_Mips_RegInfo);
216*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
217*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
218*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> void MipsReginfoSection<ELFT>::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) {
219*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (!config->relocatable)
220*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     reginfo.ri_gp_value = in.mipsGot->getGp();
221*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   memcpy(buf, &reginfo, sizeof(reginfo));
222*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
223*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
224*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT>
225*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric MipsReginfoSection<ELFT> *MipsReginfoSection<ELFT>::create() {
226*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Section should be alive for O32 and N32 ABIs only.
227*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (ELFT::Is64Bits)
228*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return nullptr;
229*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
230*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   std::vector<InputSectionBase *> sections;
231*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (InputSectionBase *sec : inputSections)
232*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (sec->type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO)
233*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       sections.push_back(sec);
234*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
235*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (sections.empty())
236*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return nullptr;
237*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
238*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   Elf_Mips_RegInfo reginfo = {};
239*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (InputSectionBase *sec : sections) {
240*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     sec->markDead();
241*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
242*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (sec->data().size() != sizeof(Elf_Mips_RegInfo)) {
243*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       error(toString(sec->file) + ": invalid size of .reginfo section");
244*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       return nullptr;
245*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
246*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
247*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     auto *r = reinterpret_cast<const Elf_Mips_RegInfo *>(sec->data().data());
248*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     reginfo.ri_gprmask |= r->ri_gprmask;
249*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     sec->getFile<ELFT>()->mipsGp0 = r->ri_gp_value;
250*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   };
251*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
252*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return make<MipsReginfoSection<ELFT>>(reginfo);
253*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
254*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
255*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric InputSection *elf::createInterpSection() {
256*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // StringSaver guarantees that the returned string ends with '\0'.
257*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   StringRef s = saver.save(config->dynamicLinker);
258*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   ArrayRef<uint8_t> contents = {(const uint8_t *)s.data(), s.size() + 1};
259*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
260*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   auto *sec = make<InputSection>(nullptr, SHF_ALLOC, SHT_PROGBITS, 1, contents,
261*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                                  ".interp");
262*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   sec->markLive();
263*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return sec;
264*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
265*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
266*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric Defined *elf::addSyntheticLocal(StringRef name, uint8_t type, uint64_t value,
267*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                                 uint64_t size, InputSectionBase &section) {
268*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   auto *s = make<Defined>(section.file, name, STB_LOCAL, STV_DEFAULT, type,
269*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                           value, size, &section);
270*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (in.symTab)
271*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     in.symTab->addSymbol(s);
272*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return s;
273*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
274*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
275*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric static size_t getHashSize() {
276*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   switch (config->buildId) {
277*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   case BuildIdKind::Fast:
278*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return 8;
279*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   case BuildIdKind::Md5:
280*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   case BuildIdKind::Uuid:
281*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return 16;
282*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   case BuildIdKind::Sha1:
283*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return 20;
284*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   case BuildIdKind::Hexstring:
285*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return config->buildIdVector.size();
286*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   default:
287*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     llvm_unreachable("unknown BuildIdKind");
288*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
289*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
290*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
291*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // This class represents a linker-synthesized .note.gnu.property section.
292*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric //
293*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // In x86 and AArch64, object files may contain feature flags indicating the
294*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // features that they have used. The flags are stored in a .note.gnu.property
295*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // section.
296*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric //
297*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // lld reads the sections from input files and merges them by computing AND of
298*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // the flags. The result is written as a new .note.gnu.property section.
299*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric //
300*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // If the flag is zero (which indicates that the intersection of the feature
301*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // sets is empty, or some input files didn't have .note.gnu.property sections),
302*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // we don't create this section.
303*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric GnuPropertySection::GnuPropertySection()
304*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : SyntheticSection(llvm::ELF::SHF_ALLOC, llvm::ELF::SHT_NOTE, 4,
305*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                        ".note.gnu.property") {}
306*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
307*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void GnuPropertySection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) {
308*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   uint32_t featureAndType = config->emachine == EM_AARCH64
309*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                                 ? GNU_PROPERTY_AARCH64_FEATURE_1_AND
310*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                                 : GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_AND;
311*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
312*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   write32(buf, 4);                                   // Name size
313*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   write32(buf + 4, config->is64 ? 16 : 12);          // Content size
314*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   write32(buf + 8, NT_GNU_PROPERTY_TYPE_0);          // Type
315*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   memcpy(buf + 12, "GNU", 4);                        // Name string
316*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   write32(buf + 16, featureAndType);                 // Feature type
317*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   write32(buf + 20, 4);                              // Feature size
318*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   write32(buf + 24, config->andFeatures);            // Feature flags
319*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (config->is64)
320*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     write32(buf + 28, 0); // Padding
321*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
322*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
323*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t GnuPropertySection::getSize() const { return config->is64 ? 32 : 28; }
324*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
325*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric BuildIdSection::BuildIdSection()
326*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC, SHT_NOTE, 4, ".note.gnu.build-id"),
327*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       hashSize(getHashSize()) {}
328*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
329*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void BuildIdSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) {
330*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   write32(buf, 4);                      // Name size
331*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   write32(buf + 4, hashSize);           // Content size
332*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   write32(buf + 8, NT_GNU_BUILD_ID);    // Type
333*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   memcpy(buf + 12, "GNU", 4);           // Name string
334*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   hashBuf = buf + 16;
335*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
336*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
337*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void BuildIdSection::writeBuildId(ArrayRef<uint8_t> buf) {
338*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   assert(buf.size() == hashSize);
339*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   memcpy(hashBuf, buf.data(), hashSize);
340*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
341*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
342*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric BssSection::BssSection(StringRef name, uint64_t size, uint32_t alignment)
343*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE, SHT_NOBITS, alignment, name) {
344*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   this->bss = true;
345*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   this->size = size;
346*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
347*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
348*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric EhFrameSection::EhFrameSection()
349*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC, SHT_PROGBITS, 1, ".eh_frame") {}
350*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
351*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Search for an existing CIE record or create a new one.
352*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // CIE records from input object files are uniquified by their contents
353*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // and where their relocations point to.
354*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT, class RelTy>
355*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric CieRecord *EhFrameSection::addCie(EhSectionPiece &cie, ArrayRef<RelTy> rels) {
356*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   Symbol *personality = nullptr;
357*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   unsigned firstRelI = cie.firstRelocation;
358*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (firstRelI != (unsigned)-1)
359*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     personality =
360*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         &cie.sec->template getFile<ELFT>()->getRelocTargetSym(rels[firstRelI]);
361*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
362*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Search for an existing CIE by CIE contents/relocation target pair.
363*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   CieRecord *&rec = cieMap[{cie.data(), personality}];
364*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
365*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // If not found, create a new one.
366*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (!rec) {
367*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     rec = make<CieRecord>();
368*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     rec->cie = &cie;
369*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     cieRecords.push_back(rec);
370*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
371*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return rec;
372*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
373*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
374*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // There is one FDE per function. Returns true if a given FDE
375*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // points to a live function.
376*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT, class RelTy>
377*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool EhFrameSection::isFdeLive(EhSectionPiece &fde, ArrayRef<RelTy> rels) {
378*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   auto *sec = cast<EhInputSection>(fde.sec);
379*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   unsigned firstRelI = fde.firstRelocation;
380*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
381*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // An FDE should point to some function because FDEs are to describe
382*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // functions. That's however not always the case due to an issue of
383*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // ld.gold with -r. ld.gold may discard only functions and leave their
384*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // corresponding FDEs, which results in creating bad .eh_frame sections.
385*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // To deal with that, we ignore such FDEs.
386*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (firstRelI == (unsigned)-1)
387*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return false;
388*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
389*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   const RelTy &rel = rels[firstRelI];
390*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   Symbol &b = sec->template getFile<ELFT>()->getRelocTargetSym(rel);
391*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
392*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // FDEs for garbage-collected or merged-by-ICF sections, or sections in
393*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // another partition, are dead.
394*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (auto *d = dyn_cast<Defined>(&b))
395*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (SectionBase *sec = d->section)
396*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       return sec->partition == partition;
397*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return false;
398*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
399*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
400*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // .eh_frame is a sequence of CIE or FDE records. In general, there
401*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // is one CIE record per input object file which is followed by
402*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // a list of FDEs. This function searches an existing CIE or create a new
403*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // one and associates FDEs to the CIE.
404*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT, class RelTy>
405*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void EhFrameSection::addSectionAux(EhInputSection *sec, ArrayRef<RelTy> rels) {
406*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   offsetToCie.clear();
407*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (EhSectionPiece &piece : sec->pieces) {
408*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // The empty record is the end marker.
409*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (piece.size == 4)
410*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       return;
411*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
412*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     size_t offset = piece.inputOff;
413*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     uint32_t id = read32(piece.data().data() + 4);
414*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (id == 0) {
415*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       offsetToCie[offset] = addCie<ELFT>(piece, rels);
416*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       continue;
417*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
418*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
419*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     uint32_t cieOffset = offset + 4 - id;
420*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     CieRecord *rec = offsetToCie[cieOffset];
421*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (!rec)
422*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       fatal(toString(sec) + ": invalid CIE reference");
423*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
424*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (!isFdeLive<ELFT>(piece, rels))
425*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       continue;
426*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     rec->fdes.push_back(&piece);
427*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     numFdes++;
428*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
429*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
430*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
431*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> void EhFrameSection::addSection(InputSectionBase *c) {
432*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   auto *sec = cast<EhInputSection>(c);
433*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   sec->parent = this;
434*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
435*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   alignment = std::max(alignment, sec->alignment);
436*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   sections.push_back(sec);
437*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
438*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (auto *ds : sec->dependentSections)
439*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     dependentSections.push_back(ds);
440*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
441*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (sec->pieces.empty())
442*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return;
443*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
444*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (sec->areRelocsRela)
445*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     addSectionAux<ELFT>(sec, sec->template relas<ELFT>());
446*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   else
447*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     addSectionAux<ELFT>(sec, sec->template rels<ELFT>());
448*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
449*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
450*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric static void writeCieFde(uint8_t *buf, ArrayRef<uint8_t> d) {
451*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   memcpy(buf, d.data(), d.size());
452*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
453*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   size_t aligned = alignTo(d.size(), config->wordsize);
454*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
455*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Zero-clear trailing padding if it exists.
456*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   memset(buf + d.size(), 0, aligned - d.size());
457*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
458*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Fix the size field. -4 since size does not include the size field itself.
459*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   write32(buf, aligned - 4);
460*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
461*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
462*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void EhFrameSection::finalizeContents() {
463*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   assert(!this->size); // Not finalized.
464*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   size_t off = 0;
465*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (CieRecord *rec : cieRecords) {
466*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     rec->cie->outputOff = off;
467*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     off += alignTo(rec->cie->size, config->wordsize);
468*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
469*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (EhSectionPiece *fde : rec->fdes) {
470*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       fde->outputOff = off;
471*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       off += alignTo(fde->size, config->wordsize);
472*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
473*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
474*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
475*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // The LSB standard does not allow a .eh_frame section with zero
476*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Call Frame Information records. glibc unwind-dw2-fde.c
477*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // classify_object_over_fdes expects there is a CIE record length 0 as a
478*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // terminator. Thus we add one unconditionally.
479*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   off += 4;
480*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
481*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   this->size = off;
482*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
483*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
484*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Returns data for .eh_frame_hdr. .eh_frame_hdr is a binary search table
485*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // to get an FDE from an address to which FDE is applied. This function
486*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // returns a list of such pairs.
487*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric std::vector<EhFrameSection::FdeData> EhFrameSection::getFdeData() const {
488*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   uint8_t *buf = Out::bufferStart + getParent()->offset + outSecOff;
489*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   std::vector<FdeData> ret;
490*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
491*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   uint64_t va = getPartition().ehFrameHdr->getVA();
492*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (CieRecord *rec : cieRecords) {
493*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     uint8_t enc = getFdeEncoding(rec->cie);
494*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (EhSectionPiece *fde : rec->fdes) {
495*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       uint64_t pc = getFdePc(buf, fde->outputOff, enc);
496*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       uint64_t fdeVA = getParent()->addr + fde->outputOff;
497*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       if (!isInt<32>(pc - va))
498*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         fatal(toString(fde->sec) + ": PC offset is too large: 0x" +
499*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric               Twine::utohexstr(pc - va));
500*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       ret.push_back({uint32_t(pc - va), uint32_t(fdeVA - va)});
501*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
502*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
503*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
504*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Sort the FDE list by their PC and uniqueify. Usually there is only
505*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // one FDE for a PC (i.e. function), but if ICF merges two functions
506*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // into one, there can be more than one FDEs pointing to the address.
507*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   auto less = [](const FdeData &a, const FdeData &b) {
508*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return a.pcRel < b.pcRel;
509*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   };
510*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   llvm::stable_sort(ret, less);
511*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   auto eq = [](const FdeData &a, const FdeData &b) {
512*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return a.pcRel == b.pcRel;
513*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   };
514*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   ret.erase(std::unique(ret.begin(), ret.end(), eq), ret.end());
515*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
516*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return ret;
517*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
518*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
519*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric static uint64_t readFdeAddr(uint8_t *buf, int size) {
520*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   switch (size) {
521*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   case DW_EH_PE_udata2:
522*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return read16(buf);
523*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   case DW_EH_PE_sdata2:
524*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return (int16_t)read16(buf);
525*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   case DW_EH_PE_udata4:
526*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return read32(buf);
527*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   case DW_EH_PE_sdata4:
528*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return (int32_t)read32(buf);
529*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   case DW_EH_PE_udata8:
530*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   case DW_EH_PE_sdata8:
531*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return read64(buf);
532*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   case DW_EH_PE_absptr:
533*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return readUint(buf);
534*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
535*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   fatal("unknown FDE size encoding");
536*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
537*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
538*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Returns the VA to which a given FDE (on a mmap'ed buffer) is applied to.
539*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // We need it to create .eh_frame_hdr section.
540*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t EhFrameSection::getFdePc(uint8_t *buf, size_t fdeOff,
541*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                                   uint8_t enc) const {
542*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // The starting address to which this FDE applies is
543*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // stored at FDE + 8 byte.
544*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   size_t off = fdeOff + 8;
545*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   uint64_t addr = readFdeAddr(buf + off, enc & 0xf);
546*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if ((enc & 0x70) == DW_EH_PE_absptr)
547*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return addr;
548*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if ((enc & 0x70) == DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
549*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return addr + getParent()->addr + off;
550*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   fatal("unknown FDE size relative encoding");
551*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
552*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
553*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void EhFrameSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) {
554*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Write CIE and FDE records.
555*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (CieRecord *rec : cieRecords) {
556*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     size_t cieOffset = rec->cie->outputOff;
557*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     writeCieFde(buf + cieOffset, rec->cie->data());
558*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
559*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (EhSectionPiece *fde : rec->fdes) {
560*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       size_t off = fde->outputOff;
561*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       writeCieFde(buf + off, fde->data());
562*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
563*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       // FDE's second word should have the offset to an associated CIE.
564*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       // Write it.
565*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       write32(buf + off + 4, off + 4 - cieOffset);
566*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
567*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
568*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
569*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Apply relocations. .eh_frame section contents are not contiguous
570*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // in the output buffer, but relocateAlloc() still works because
571*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // getOffset() takes care of discontiguous section pieces.
572*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (EhInputSection *s : sections)
573*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     s->relocateAlloc(buf, nullptr);
574*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
575*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (getPartition().ehFrameHdr && getPartition().ehFrameHdr->getParent())
576*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     getPartition().ehFrameHdr->write();
577*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
578*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
579*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric GotSection::GotSection()
580*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE, SHT_PROGBITS, config->wordsize,
581*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                        ".got") {
582*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // If ElfSym::globalOffsetTable is relative to .got and is referenced,
583*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // increase numEntries by the number of entries used to emit
584*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // ElfSym::globalOffsetTable.
585*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (ElfSym::globalOffsetTable && !target->gotBaseSymInGotPlt)
586*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     numEntries += target->gotHeaderEntriesNum;
587*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
588*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
589*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void GotSection::addEntry(Symbol &sym) {
590*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   sym.gotIndex = numEntries;
591*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   ++numEntries;
592*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
593*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
594*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool GotSection::addDynTlsEntry(Symbol &sym) {
595*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (sym.globalDynIndex != -1U)
596*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return false;
597*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   sym.globalDynIndex = numEntries;
598*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Global Dynamic TLS entries take two GOT slots.
599*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   numEntries += 2;
600*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return true;
601*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
602*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
603*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Reserves TLS entries for a TLS module ID and a TLS block offset.
604*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // In total it takes two GOT slots.
605*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool GotSection::addTlsIndex() {
606*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (tlsIndexOff != uint32_t(-1))
607*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return false;
608*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   tlsIndexOff = numEntries * config->wordsize;
609*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   numEntries += 2;
610*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return true;
611*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
612*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
613*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t GotSection::getGlobalDynAddr(const Symbol &b) const {
614*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return this->getVA() + b.globalDynIndex * config->wordsize;
615*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
616*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
617*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t GotSection::getGlobalDynOffset(const Symbol &b) const {
618*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return b.globalDynIndex * config->wordsize;
619*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
620*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
621*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void GotSection::finalizeContents() {
622*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   size = numEntries * config->wordsize;
623*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
624*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
625*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool GotSection::isNeeded() const {
626*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // We need to emit a GOT even if it's empty if there's a relocation that is
627*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // relative to GOT(such as GOTOFFREL).
628*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return numEntries || hasGotOffRel;
629*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
630*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
631*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void GotSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) {
632*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Buf points to the start of this section's buffer,
633*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // whereas InputSectionBase::relocateAlloc() expects its argument
634*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // to point to the start of the output section.
635*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   target->writeGotHeader(buf);
636*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   relocateAlloc(buf - outSecOff, buf - outSecOff + size);
637*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
638*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
639*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric static uint64_t getMipsPageAddr(uint64_t addr) {
640*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return (addr + 0x8000) & ~0xffff;
641*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
642*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
643*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric static uint64_t getMipsPageCount(uint64_t size) {
644*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return (size + 0xfffe) / 0xffff + 1;
645*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
646*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
647*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric MipsGotSection::MipsGotSection()
648*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL, SHT_PROGBITS, 16,
649*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                        ".got") {}
650*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
651*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void MipsGotSection::addEntry(InputFile &file, Symbol &sym, int64_t addend,
652*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                               RelExpr expr) {
653*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   FileGot &g = getGot(file);
654*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (expr == R_MIPS_GOT_LOCAL_PAGE) {
655*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (const OutputSection *os = sym.getOutputSection())
656*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       g.pagesMap.insert({os, {}});
657*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     else
658*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       g.local16.insert({{nullptr, getMipsPageAddr(sym.getVA(addend))}, 0});
659*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   } else if (sym.isTls())
660*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     g.tls.insert({&sym, 0});
661*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   else if (sym.isPreemptible && expr == R_ABS)
662*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     g.relocs.insert({&sym, 0});
663*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   else if (sym.isPreemptible)
664*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     g.global.insert({&sym, 0});
665*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   else if (expr == R_MIPS_GOT_OFF32)
666*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     g.local32.insert({{&sym, addend}, 0});
667*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   else
668*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     g.local16.insert({{&sym, addend}, 0});
669*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
670*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
671*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void MipsGotSection::addDynTlsEntry(InputFile &file, Symbol &sym) {
672*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   getGot(file).dynTlsSymbols.insert({&sym, 0});
673*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
674*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
675*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void MipsGotSection::addTlsIndex(InputFile &file) {
676*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   getGot(file).dynTlsSymbols.insert({nullptr, 0});
677*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
678*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
679*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t MipsGotSection::FileGot::getEntriesNum() const {
680*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return getPageEntriesNum() + local16.size() + global.size() + relocs.size() +
681*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric          tls.size() + dynTlsSymbols.size() * 2;
682*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
683*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
684*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t MipsGotSection::FileGot::getPageEntriesNum() const {
685*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   size_t num = 0;
686*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (const std::pair<const OutputSection *, FileGot::PageBlock> &p : pagesMap)
687*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     num += p.second.count;
688*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return num;
689*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
690*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
691*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t MipsGotSection::FileGot::getIndexedEntriesNum() const {
692*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   size_t count = getPageEntriesNum() + local16.size() + global.size();
693*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // If there are relocation-only entries in the GOT, TLS entries
694*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // are allocated after them. TLS entries should be addressable
695*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // by 16-bit index so count both reloc-only and TLS entries.
696*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (!tls.empty() || !dynTlsSymbols.empty())
697*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     count += relocs.size() + tls.size() + dynTlsSymbols.size() * 2;
698*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return count;
699*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
700*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
701*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric MipsGotSection::FileGot &MipsGotSection::getGot(InputFile &f) {
702*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (!f.mipsGotIndex.hasValue()) {
703*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     gots.emplace_back();
704*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     gots.back().file = &f;
705*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     f.mipsGotIndex = gots.size() - 1;
706*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
707*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return gots[*f.mipsGotIndex];
708*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
709*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
710*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t MipsGotSection::getPageEntryOffset(const InputFile *f,
711*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                                             const Symbol &sym,
712*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                                             int64_t addend) const {
713*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   const FileGot &g = gots[*f->mipsGotIndex];
714*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   uint64_t index = 0;
715*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (const OutputSection *outSec = sym.getOutputSection()) {
716*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     uint64_t secAddr = getMipsPageAddr(outSec->addr);
717*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     uint64_t symAddr = getMipsPageAddr(sym.getVA(addend));
718*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     index = g.pagesMap.lookup(outSec).firstIndex + (symAddr - secAddr) / 0xffff;
719*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   } else {
720*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     index = g.local16.lookup({nullptr, getMipsPageAddr(sym.getVA(addend))});
721*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
722*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return index * config->wordsize;
723*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
724*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
725*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t MipsGotSection::getSymEntryOffset(const InputFile *f, const Symbol &s,
726*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                                            int64_t addend) const {
727*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   const FileGot &g = gots[*f->mipsGotIndex];
728*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   Symbol *sym = const_cast<Symbol *>(&s);
729*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (sym->isTls())
730*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return g.tls.lookup(sym) * config->wordsize;
731*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (sym->isPreemptible)
732*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return g.global.lookup(sym) * config->wordsize;
733*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return g.local16.lookup({sym, addend}) * config->wordsize;
734*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
735*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
736*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t MipsGotSection::getTlsIndexOffset(const InputFile *f) const {
737*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   const FileGot &g = gots[*f->mipsGotIndex];
738*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return g.dynTlsSymbols.lookup(nullptr) * config->wordsize;
739*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
740*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
741*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t MipsGotSection::getGlobalDynOffset(const InputFile *f,
742*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                                             const Symbol &s) const {
743*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   const FileGot &g = gots[*f->mipsGotIndex];
744*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   Symbol *sym = const_cast<Symbol *>(&s);
745*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return g.dynTlsSymbols.lookup(sym) * config->wordsize;
746*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
747*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
748*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric const Symbol *MipsGotSection::getFirstGlobalEntry() const {
749*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (gots.empty())
750*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return nullptr;
751*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   const FileGot &primGot = gots.front();
752*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (!primGot.global.empty())
753*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return primGot.global.front().first;
754*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (!primGot.relocs.empty())
755*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return primGot.relocs.front().first;
756*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return nullptr;
757*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
758*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
759*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric unsigned MipsGotSection::getLocalEntriesNum() const {
760*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (gots.empty())
761*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return headerEntriesNum;
762*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return headerEntriesNum + gots.front().getPageEntriesNum() +
763*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric          gots.front().local16.size();
764*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
765*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
766*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool MipsGotSection::tryMergeGots(FileGot &dst, FileGot &src, bool isPrimary) {
767*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   FileGot tmp = dst;
768*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   set_union(tmp.pagesMap, src.pagesMap);
769*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   set_union(tmp.local16, src.local16);
770*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   set_union(tmp.global, src.global);
771*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   set_union(tmp.relocs, src.relocs);
772*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   set_union(tmp.tls, src.tls);
773*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   set_union(tmp.dynTlsSymbols, src.dynTlsSymbols);
774*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
775*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   size_t count = isPrimary ? headerEntriesNum : 0;
776*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   count += tmp.getIndexedEntriesNum();
777*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
778*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (count * config->wordsize > config->mipsGotSize)
779*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return false;
780*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
781*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   std::swap(tmp, dst);
782*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return true;
783*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
784*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
785*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void MipsGotSection::finalizeContents() { updateAllocSize(); }
786*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
787*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool MipsGotSection::updateAllocSize() {
788*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   size = headerEntriesNum * config->wordsize;
789*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (const FileGot &g : gots)
790*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     size += g.getEntriesNum() * config->wordsize;
791*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return false;
792*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
793*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
794*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void MipsGotSection::build() {
795*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (gots.empty())
796*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return;
797*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
798*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   std::vector<FileGot> mergedGots(1);
799*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
800*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // For each GOT move non-preemptible symbols from the `Global`
801*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // to `Local16` list. Preemptible symbol might become non-preemptible
802*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // one if, for example, it gets a related copy relocation.
803*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (FileGot &got : gots) {
804*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (auto &p: got.global)
805*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       if (!p.first->isPreemptible)
806*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         got.local16.insert({{p.first, 0}, 0});
807*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     got.global.remove_if([&](const std::pair<Symbol *, size_t> &p) {
808*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       return !p.first->isPreemptible;
809*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     });
810*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
811*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
812*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // For each GOT remove "reloc-only" entry if there is "global"
813*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // entry for the same symbol. And add local entries which indexed
814*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // using 32-bit value at the end of 16-bit entries.
815*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (FileGot &got : gots) {
816*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     got.relocs.remove_if([&](const std::pair<Symbol *, size_t> &p) {
817*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       return got.global.count(p.first);
818*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     });
819*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     set_union(got.local16, got.local32);
820*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     got.local32.clear();
821*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
822*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
823*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Evaluate number of "reloc-only" entries in the resulting GOT.
824*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // To do that put all unique "reloc-only" and "global" entries
825*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // from all GOTs to the future primary GOT.
826*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   FileGot *primGot = &mergedGots.front();
827*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (FileGot &got : gots) {
828*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     set_union(primGot->relocs, got.global);
829*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     set_union(primGot->relocs, got.relocs);
830*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     got.relocs.clear();
831*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
832*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
833*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Evaluate number of "page" entries in each GOT.
834*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (FileGot &got : gots) {
835*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (std::pair<const OutputSection *, FileGot::PageBlock> &p :
836*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric          got.pagesMap) {
837*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       const OutputSection *os = p.first;
838*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       uint64_t secSize = 0;
839*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       for (BaseCommand *cmd : os->sectionCommands) {
840*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         if (auto *isd = dyn_cast<InputSectionDescription>(cmd))
841*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric           for (InputSection *isec : isd->sections) {
842*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric             uint64_t off = alignTo(secSize, isec->alignment);
843*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric             secSize = off + isec->getSize();
844*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric           }
845*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       }
846*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       p.second.count = getMipsPageCount(secSize);
847*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
848*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
849*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
850*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Merge GOTs. Try to join as much as possible GOTs but do not exceed
851*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // maximum GOT size. At first, try to fill the primary GOT because
852*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // the primary GOT can be accessed in the most effective way. If it
853*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // is not possible, try to fill the last GOT in the list, and finally
854*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // create a new GOT if both attempts failed.
855*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (FileGot &srcGot : gots) {
856*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     InputFile *file = srcGot.file;
857*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (tryMergeGots(mergedGots.front(), srcGot, true)) {
858*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       file->mipsGotIndex = 0;
859*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     } else {
860*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       // If this is the first time we failed to merge with the primary GOT,
861*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       // MergedGots.back() will also be the primary GOT. We must make sure not
862*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       // to try to merge again with isPrimary=false, as otherwise, if the
863*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       // inputs are just right, we could allow the primary GOT to become 1 or 2
864*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       // words bigger due to ignoring the header size.
865*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       if (mergedGots.size() == 1 ||
866*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric           !tryMergeGots(mergedGots.back(), srcGot, false)) {
867*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         mergedGots.emplace_back();
868*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         std::swap(mergedGots.back(), srcGot);
869*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       }
870*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       file->mipsGotIndex = mergedGots.size() - 1;
871*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
872*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
873*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   std::swap(gots, mergedGots);
874*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
875*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Reduce number of "reloc-only" entries in the primary GOT
876*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // by substracting "global" entries exist in the primary GOT.
877*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   primGot = &gots.front();
878*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   primGot->relocs.remove_if([&](const std::pair<Symbol *, size_t> &p) {
879*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return primGot->global.count(p.first);
880*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   });
881*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
882*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Calculate indexes for each GOT entry.
883*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   size_t index = headerEntriesNum;
884*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (FileGot &got : gots) {
885*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     got.startIndex = &got == primGot ? 0 : index;
886*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (std::pair<const OutputSection *, FileGot::PageBlock> &p :
887*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric          got.pagesMap) {
888*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       // For each output section referenced by GOT page relocations calculate
889*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       // and save into pagesMap an upper bound of MIPS GOT entries required
890*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       // to store page addresses of local symbols. We assume the worst case -
891*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       // each 64kb page of the output section has at least one GOT relocation
892*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       // against it. And take in account the case when the section intersects
893*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       // page boundaries.
894*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       p.second.firstIndex = index;
895*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       index += p.second.count;
896*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
897*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (auto &p: got.local16)
898*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       p.second = index++;
899*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (auto &p: got.global)
900*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       p.second = index++;
901*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (auto &p: got.relocs)
902*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       p.second = index++;
903*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (auto &p: got.tls)
904*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       p.second = index++;
905*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (auto &p: got.dynTlsSymbols) {
906*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       p.second = index;
907*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       index += 2;
908*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
909*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
910*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
911*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Update Symbol::gotIndex field to use this
912*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // value later in the `sortMipsSymbols` function.
913*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (auto &p : primGot->global)
914*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     p.first->gotIndex = p.second;
915*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (auto &p : primGot->relocs)
916*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     p.first->gotIndex = p.second;
917*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
918*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Create dynamic relocations.
919*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (FileGot &got : gots) {
920*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // Create dynamic relocations for TLS entries.
921*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (std::pair<Symbol *, size_t> &p : got.tls) {
922*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       Symbol *s = p.first;
923*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       uint64_t offset = p.second * config->wordsize;
924*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       if (s->isPreemptible)
925*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         mainPart->relaDyn->addReloc(target->tlsGotRel, this, offset, s);
926*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
927*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (std::pair<Symbol *, size_t> &p : got.dynTlsSymbols) {
928*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       Symbol *s = p.first;
929*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       uint64_t offset = p.second * config->wordsize;
930*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       if (s == nullptr) {
931*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         if (!config->isPic)
932*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric           continue;
933*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         mainPart->relaDyn->addReloc(target->tlsModuleIndexRel, this, offset, s);
934*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       } else {
935*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         // When building a shared library we still need a dynamic relocation
936*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         // for the module index. Therefore only checking for
937*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         // S->isPreemptible is not sufficient (this happens e.g. for
938*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         // thread-locals that have been marked as local through a linker script)
939*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         if (!s->isPreemptible && !config->isPic)
940*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric           continue;
941*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         mainPart->relaDyn->addReloc(target->tlsModuleIndexRel, this, offset, s);
942*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         // However, we can skip writing the TLS offset reloc for non-preemptible
943*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         // symbols since it is known even in shared libraries
944*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         if (!s->isPreemptible)
945*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric           continue;
946*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         offset += config->wordsize;
947*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         mainPart->relaDyn->addReloc(target->tlsOffsetRel, this, offset, s);
948*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       }
949*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
950*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
951*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // Do not create dynamic relocations for non-TLS
952*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // entries in the primary GOT.
953*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (&got == primGot)
954*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       continue;
955*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
956*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // Dynamic relocations for "global" entries.
957*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (const std::pair<Symbol *, size_t> &p : got.global) {
958*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       uint64_t offset = p.second * config->wordsize;
959*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       mainPart->relaDyn->addReloc(target->relativeRel, this, offset, p.first);
960*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
961*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (!config->isPic)
962*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       continue;
963*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // Dynamic relocations for "local" entries in case of PIC.
964*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (const std::pair<const OutputSection *, FileGot::PageBlock> &l :
965*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric          got.pagesMap) {
966*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       size_t pageCount = l.second.count;
967*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       for (size_t pi = 0; pi < pageCount; ++pi) {
968*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         uint64_t offset = (l.second.firstIndex + pi) * config->wordsize;
969*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         mainPart->relaDyn->addReloc({target->relativeRel, this, offset, l.first,
970*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                                  int64_t(pi * 0x10000)});
971*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       }
972*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
973*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (const std::pair<GotEntry, size_t> &p : got.local16) {
974*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       uint64_t offset = p.second * config->wordsize;
975*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       mainPart->relaDyn->addReloc({target->relativeRel, this, offset, true,
976*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                                p.first.first, p.first.second});
977*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
978*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
979*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
980*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
981*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool MipsGotSection::isNeeded() const {
982*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // We add the .got section to the result for dynamic MIPS target because
983*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // its address and properties are mentioned in the .dynamic section.
984*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return !config->relocatable;
985*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
986*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
987*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t MipsGotSection::getGp(const InputFile *f) const {
988*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // For files without related GOT or files refer a primary GOT
989*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // returns "common" _gp value. For secondary GOTs calculate
990*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // individual _gp values.
991*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (!f || !f->mipsGotIndex.hasValue() || *f->mipsGotIndex == 0)
992*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return ElfSym::mipsGp->getVA(0);
993*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return getVA() + gots[*f->mipsGotIndex].startIndex * config->wordsize +
994*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric          0x7ff0;
995*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
996*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
997*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void MipsGotSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) {
998*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Set the MSB of the second GOT slot. This is not required by any
999*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // MIPS ABI documentation, though.
1000*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   //
1001*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // There is a comment in glibc saying that "The MSB of got[1] of a
1002*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // gnu object is set to identify gnu objects," and in GNU gold it
1003*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // says "the second entry will be used by some runtime loaders".
1004*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // But how this field is being used is unclear.
1005*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   //
1006*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // We are not really willing to mimic other linkers behaviors
1007*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // without understanding why they do that, but because all files
1008*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // generated by GNU tools have this special GOT value, and because
1009*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // we've been doing this for years, it is probably a safe bet to
1010*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // keep doing this for now. We really need to revisit this to see
1011*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // if we had to do this.
1012*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   writeUint(buf + config->wordsize, (uint64_t)1 << (config->wordsize * 8 - 1));
1013*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (const FileGot &g : gots) {
1014*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     auto write = [&](size_t i, const Symbol *s, int64_t a) {
1015*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       uint64_t va = a;
1016*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       if (s)
1017*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         va = s->getVA(a);
1018*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       writeUint(buf + i * config->wordsize, va);
1019*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     };
1020*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // Write 'page address' entries to the local part of the GOT.
1021*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (const std::pair<const OutputSection *, FileGot::PageBlock> &l :
1022*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric          g.pagesMap) {
1023*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       size_t pageCount = l.second.count;
1024*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       uint64_t firstPageAddr = getMipsPageAddr(l.first->addr);
1025*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       for (size_t pi = 0; pi < pageCount; ++pi)
1026*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         write(l.second.firstIndex + pi, nullptr, firstPageAddr + pi * 0x10000);
1027*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
1028*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // Local, global, TLS, reloc-only  entries.
1029*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // If TLS entry has a corresponding dynamic relocations, leave it
1030*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // initialized by zero. Write down adjusted TLS symbol's values otherwise.
1031*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // To calculate the adjustments use offsets for thread-local storage.
1032*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // https://www.linux-mips.org/wiki/NPTL
1033*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (const std::pair<GotEntry, size_t> &p : g.local16)
1034*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       write(p.second, p.first.first, p.first.second);
1035*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // Write VA to the primary GOT only. For secondary GOTs that
1036*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // will be done by REL32 dynamic relocations.
1037*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (&g == &gots.front())
1038*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       for (const std::pair<const Symbol *, size_t> &p : g.global)
1039*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         write(p.second, p.first, 0);
1040*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (const std::pair<Symbol *, size_t> &p : g.relocs)
1041*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       write(p.second, p.first, 0);
1042*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (const std::pair<Symbol *, size_t> &p : g.tls)
1043*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       write(p.second, p.first, p.first->isPreemptible ? 0 : -0x7000);
1044*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (const std::pair<Symbol *, size_t> &p : g.dynTlsSymbols) {
1045*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       if (p.first == nullptr && !config->isPic)
1046*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         write(p.second, nullptr, 1);
1047*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       else if (p.first && !p.first->isPreemptible) {
1048*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         // If we are emitting PIC code with relocations we mustn't write
1049*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         // anything to the GOT here. When using Elf_Rel relocations the value
1050*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         // one will be treated as an addend and will cause crashes at runtime
1051*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         if (!config->isPic)
1052*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric           write(p.second, nullptr, 1);
1053*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         write(p.second + 1, p.first, -0x8000);
1054*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       }
1055*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
1056*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
1057*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1058*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1059*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // On PowerPC the .plt section is used to hold the table of function addresses
1060*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // instead of the .got.plt, and the type is SHT_NOBITS similar to a .bss
1061*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // section. I don't know why we have a BSS style type for the section but it is
1062*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // consitent across both 64-bit PowerPC ABIs as well as the 32-bit PowerPC ABI.
1063*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric GotPltSection::GotPltSection()
1064*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE, SHT_PROGBITS, config->wordsize,
1065*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                        ".got.plt") {
1066*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (config->emachine == EM_PPC) {
1067*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     name = ".plt";
1068*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   } else if (config->emachine == EM_PPC64) {
1069*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     type = SHT_NOBITS;
1070*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     name = ".plt";
1071*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
1072*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1073*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1074*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void GotPltSection::addEntry(Symbol &sym) {
1075*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   assert(sym.pltIndex == entries.size());
1076*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   entries.push_back(&sym);
1077*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1078*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1079*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t GotPltSection::getSize() const {
1080*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return (target->gotPltHeaderEntriesNum + entries.size()) * config->wordsize;
1081*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1082*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1083*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void GotPltSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) {
1084*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   target->writeGotPltHeader(buf);
1085*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   buf += target->gotPltHeaderEntriesNum * config->wordsize;
1086*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (const Symbol *b : entries) {
1087*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     target->writeGotPlt(buf, *b);
1088*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     buf += config->wordsize;
1089*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
1090*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1091*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1092*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool GotPltSection::isNeeded() const {
1093*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // We need to emit GOTPLT even if it's empty if there's a relocation relative
1094*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // to it.
1095*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return !entries.empty() || hasGotPltOffRel;
1096*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1097*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1098*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric static StringRef getIgotPltName() {
1099*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // On ARM the IgotPltSection is part of the GotSection.
1100*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (config->emachine == EM_ARM)
1101*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return ".got";
1102*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1103*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // On PowerPC64 the GotPltSection is renamed to '.plt' so the IgotPltSection
1104*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // needs to be named the same.
1105*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (config->emachine == EM_PPC64)
1106*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return ".plt";
1107*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1108*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return ".got.plt";
1109*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1110*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1111*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // On PowerPC64 the GotPltSection type is SHT_NOBITS so we have to follow suit
1112*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // with the IgotPltSection.
1113*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric IgotPltSection::IgotPltSection()
1114*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE,
1115*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                        config->emachine == EM_PPC64 ? SHT_NOBITS : SHT_PROGBITS,
1116*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                        config->wordsize, getIgotPltName()) {}
1117*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1118*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void IgotPltSection::addEntry(Symbol &sym) {
1119*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   assert(sym.pltIndex == entries.size());
1120*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   entries.push_back(&sym);
1121*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1122*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1123*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t IgotPltSection::getSize() const {
1124*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return entries.size() * config->wordsize;
1125*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1126*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1127*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void IgotPltSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) {
1128*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (const Symbol *b : entries) {
1129*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     target->writeIgotPlt(buf, *b);
1130*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     buf += config->wordsize;
1131*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
1132*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1133*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1134*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric StringTableSection::StringTableSection(StringRef name, bool dynamic)
1135*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : SyntheticSection(dynamic ? (uint64_t)SHF_ALLOC : 0, SHT_STRTAB, 1, name),
1136*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       dynamic(dynamic) {
1137*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // ELF string tables start with a NUL byte.
1138*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   addString("");
1139*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1140*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1141*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Adds a string to the string table. If `hashIt` is true we hash and check for
1142*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // duplicates. It is optional because the name of global symbols are already
1143*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // uniqued and hashing them again has a big cost for a small value: uniquing
1144*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // them with some other string that happens to be the same.
1145*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric unsigned StringTableSection::addString(StringRef s, bool hashIt) {
1146*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (hashIt) {
1147*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     auto r = stringMap.insert(std::make_pair(s, this->size));
1148*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (!r.second)
1149*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       return r.first->second;
1150*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
1151*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   unsigned ret = this->size;
1152*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   this->size = this->size + s.size() + 1;
1153*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   strings.push_back(s);
1154*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return ret;
1155*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1156*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1157*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void StringTableSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) {
1158*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (StringRef s : strings) {
1159*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     memcpy(buf, s.data(), s.size());
1160*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     buf[s.size()] = '\0';
1161*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     buf += s.size() + 1;
1162*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
1163*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1164*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1165*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Returns the number of version definition entries. Because the first entry
1166*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // is for the version definition itself, it is the number of versioned symbols
1167*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // plus one. Note that we don't support multiple versions yet.
1168*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric static unsigned getVerDefNum() { return config->versionDefinitions.size() + 1; }
1169*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1170*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT>
1171*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric DynamicSection<ELFT>::DynamicSection()
1172*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE, SHT_DYNAMIC, config->wordsize,
1173*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                        ".dynamic") {
1174*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   this->entsize = ELFT::Is64Bits ? 16 : 8;
1175*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1176*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // .dynamic section is not writable on MIPS and on Fuchsia OS
1177*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // which passes -z rodynamic.
1178*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // See "Special Section" in Chapter 4 in the following document:
1179*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // ftp://www.linux-mips.org/pub/linux/mips/doc/ABI/mipsabi.pdf
1180*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (config->emachine == EM_MIPS || config->zRodynamic)
1181*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     this->flags = SHF_ALLOC;
1182*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1183*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1184*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT>
1185*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void DynamicSection<ELFT>::add(int32_t tag, std::function<uint64_t()> fn) {
1186*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   entries.push_back({tag, fn});
1187*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1188*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1189*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT>
1190*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void DynamicSection<ELFT>::addInt(int32_t tag, uint64_t val) {
1191*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   entries.push_back({tag, [=] { return val; }});
1192*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1193*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1194*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT>
1195*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void DynamicSection<ELFT>::addInSec(int32_t tag, InputSection *sec) {
1196*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   entries.push_back({tag, [=] { return sec->getVA(0); }});
1197*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1198*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1199*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT>
1200*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void DynamicSection<ELFT>::addInSecRelative(int32_t tag, InputSection *sec) {
1201*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   size_t tagOffset = entries.size() * entsize;
1202*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   entries.push_back(
1203*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       {tag, [=] { return sec->getVA(0) - (getVA() + tagOffset); }});
1204*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1205*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1206*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT>
1207*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void DynamicSection<ELFT>::addOutSec(int32_t tag, OutputSection *sec) {
1208*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   entries.push_back({tag, [=] { return sec->addr; }});
1209*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1210*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1211*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT>
1212*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void DynamicSection<ELFT>::addSize(int32_t tag, OutputSection *sec) {
1213*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   entries.push_back({tag, [=] { return sec->size; }});
1214*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1215*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1216*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT>
1217*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void DynamicSection<ELFT>::addSym(int32_t tag, Symbol *sym) {
1218*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   entries.push_back({tag, [=] { return sym->getVA(); }});
1219*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1220*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1221*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // A Linker script may assign the RELA relocation sections to the same
1222*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // output section. When this occurs we cannot just use the OutputSection
1223*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Size. Moreover the [DT_JMPREL, DT_JMPREL + DT_PLTRELSZ) is permitted to
1224*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // overlap with the [DT_RELA, DT_RELA + DT_RELASZ).
1225*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric static uint64_t addPltRelSz() {
1226*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   size_t size = in.relaPlt->getSize();
1227*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (in.relaIplt->getParent() == in.relaPlt->getParent() &&
1228*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       in.relaIplt->name == in.relaPlt->name)
1229*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     size += in.relaIplt->getSize();
1230*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return size;
1231*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1232*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1233*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Add remaining entries to complete .dynamic contents.
1234*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> void DynamicSection<ELFT>::finalizeContents() {
1235*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   elf::Partition &part = getPartition();
1236*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   bool isMain = part.name.empty();
1237*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1238*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (StringRef s : config->filterList)
1239*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     addInt(DT_FILTER, part.dynStrTab->addString(s));
1240*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (StringRef s : config->auxiliaryList)
1241*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     addInt(DT_AUXILIARY, part.dynStrTab->addString(s));
1242*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1243*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (!config->rpath.empty())
1244*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     addInt(config->enableNewDtags ? DT_RUNPATH : DT_RPATH,
1245*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric            part.dynStrTab->addString(config->rpath));
1246*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1247*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (SharedFile *file : sharedFiles)
1248*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (file->isNeeded)
1249*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       addInt(DT_NEEDED, part.dynStrTab->addString(file->soName));
1250*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1251*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (isMain) {
1252*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (!config->soName.empty())
1253*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       addInt(DT_SONAME, part.dynStrTab->addString(config->soName));
1254*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   } else {
1255*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (!config->soName.empty())
1256*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       addInt(DT_NEEDED, part.dynStrTab->addString(config->soName));
1257*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     addInt(DT_SONAME, part.dynStrTab->addString(part.name));
1258*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
1259*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1260*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Set DT_FLAGS and DT_FLAGS_1.
1261*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   uint32_t dtFlags = 0;
1262*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   uint32_t dtFlags1 = 0;
1263*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (config->bsymbolic)
1264*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     dtFlags |= DF_SYMBOLIC;
1265*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (config->zGlobal)
1266*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     dtFlags1 |= DF_1_GLOBAL;
1267*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (config->zInitfirst)
1268*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     dtFlags1 |= DF_1_INITFIRST;
1269*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (config->zInterpose)
1270*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     dtFlags1 |= DF_1_INTERPOSE;
1271*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (config->zNodefaultlib)
1272*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     dtFlags1 |= DF_1_NODEFLIB;
1273*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (config->zNodelete)
1274*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     dtFlags1 |= DF_1_NODELETE;
1275*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (config->zNodlopen)
1276*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     dtFlags1 |= DF_1_NOOPEN;
1277*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (config->zNow) {
1278*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     dtFlags |= DF_BIND_NOW;
1279*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     dtFlags1 |= DF_1_NOW;
1280*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
1281*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (config->zOrigin) {
1282*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     dtFlags |= DF_ORIGIN;
1283*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     dtFlags1 |= DF_1_ORIGIN;
1284*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
1285*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (!config->zText)
1286*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     dtFlags |= DF_TEXTREL;
1287*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (config->hasStaticTlsModel)
1288*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     dtFlags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
1289*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1290*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (dtFlags)
1291*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     addInt(DT_FLAGS, dtFlags);
1292*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (dtFlags1)
1293*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     addInt(DT_FLAGS_1, dtFlags1);
1294*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1295*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // DT_DEBUG is a pointer to debug informaion used by debuggers at runtime. We
1296*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // need it for each process, so we don't write it for DSOs. The loader writes
1297*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // the pointer into this entry.
1298*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   //
1299*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // DT_DEBUG is the only .dynamic entry that needs to be written to. Some
1300*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // systems (currently only Fuchsia OS) provide other means to give the
1301*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // debugger this information. Such systems may choose make .dynamic read-only.
1302*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // If the target is such a system (used -z rodynamic) don't write DT_DEBUG.
1303*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (!config->shared && !config->relocatable && !config->zRodynamic)
1304*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     addInt(DT_DEBUG, 0);
1305*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1306*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (OutputSection *sec = part.dynStrTab->getParent())
1307*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     this->link = sec->sectionIndex;
1308*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1309*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (part.relaDyn->isNeeded()) {
1310*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     addInSec(part.relaDyn->dynamicTag, part.relaDyn);
1311*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     addSize(part.relaDyn->sizeDynamicTag, part.relaDyn->getParent());
1312*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1313*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     bool isRela = config->isRela;
1314*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     addInt(isRela ? DT_RELAENT : DT_RELENT,
1315*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric            isRela ? sizeof(Elf_Rela) : sizeof(Elf_Rel));
1316*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1317*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // MIPS dynamic loader does not support RELCOUNT tag.
1318*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // The problem is in the tight relation between dynamic
1319*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // relocations and GOT. So do not emit this tag on MIPS.
1320*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (config->emachine != EM_MIPS) {
1321*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       size_t numRelativeRels = part.relaDyn->getRelativeRelocCount();
1322*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       if (config->zCombreloc && numRelativeRels)
1323*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         addInt(isRela ? DT_RELACOUNT : DT_RELCOUNT, numRelativeRels);
1324*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
1325*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
1326*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (part.relrDyn && !part.relrDyn->relocs.empty()) {
1327*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     addInSec(config->useAndroidRelrTags ? DT_ANDROID_RELR : DT_RELR,
1328*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric              part.relrDyn);
1329*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     addSize(config->useAndroidRelrTags ? DT_ANDROID_RELRSZ : DT_RELRSZ,
1330*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric             part.relrDyn->getParent());
1331*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     addInt(config->useAndroidRelrTags ? DT_ANDROID_RELRENT : DT_RELRENT,
1332*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric            sizeof(Elf_Relr));
1333*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
1334*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // .rel[a].plt section usually consists of two parts, containing plt and
1335*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // iplt relocations. It is possible to have only iplt relocations in the
1336*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // output. In that case relaPlt is empty and have zero offset, the same offset
1337*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // as relaIplt has. And we still want to emit proper dynamic tags for that
1338*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // case, so here we always use relaPlt as marker for the begining of
1339*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // .rel[a].plt section.
1340*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (isMain && (in.relaPlt->isNeeded() || in.relaIplt->isNeeded())) {
1341*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     addInSec(DT_JMPREL, in.relaPlt);
1342*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     entries.push_back({DT_PLTRELSZ, addPltRelSz});
1343*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     switch (config->emachine) {
1344*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     case EM_MIPS:
1345*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       addInSec(DT_MIPS_PLTGOT, in.gotPlt);
1346*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       break;
1347*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     case EM_SPARCV9:
1348*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       addInSec(DT_PLTGOT, in.plt);
1349*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       break;
1350*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     default:
1351*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       addInSec(DT_PLTGOT, in.gotPlt);
1352*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       break;
1353*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
1354*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     addInt(DT_PLTREL, config->isRela ? DT_RELA : DT_REL);
1355*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
1356*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1357*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (config->emachine == EM_AARCH64) {
1358*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (config->andFeatures & GNU_PROPERTY_AARCH64_FEATURE_1_BTI)
1359*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       addInt(DT_AARCH64_BTI_PLT, 0);
1360*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (config->andFeatures & GNU_PROPERTY_AARCH64_FEATURE_1_PAC)
1361*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       addInt(DT_AARCH64_PAC_PLT, 0);
1362*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
1363*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1364*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   addInSec(DT_SYMTAB, part.dynSymTab);
1365*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   addInt(DT_SYMENT, sizeof(Elf_Sym));
1366*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   addInSec(DT_STRTAB, part.dynStrTab);
1367*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   addInt(DT_STRSZ, part.dynStrTab->getSize());
1368*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (!config->zText)
1369*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     addInt(DT_TEXTREL, 0);
1370*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (part.gnuHashTab)
1371*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     addInSec(DT_GNU_HASH, part.gnuHashTab);
1372*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (part.hashTab)
1373*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     addInSec(DT_HASH, part.hashTab);
1374*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1375*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (isMain) {
1376*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (Out::preinitArray) {
1377*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       addOutSec(DT_PREINIT_ARRAY, Out::preinitArray);
1378*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       addSize(DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ, Out::preinitArray);
1379*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
1380*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (Out::initArray) {
1381*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       addOutSec(DT_INIT_ARRAY, Out::initArray);
1382*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       addSize(DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ, Out::initArray);
1383*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
1384*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (Out::finiArray) {
1385*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       addOutSec(DT_FINI_ARRAY, Out::finiArray);
1386*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       addSize(DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ, Out::finiArray);
1387*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
1388*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1389*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (Symbol *b = symtab->find(config->init))
1390*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       if (b->isDefined())
1391*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         addSym(DT_INIT, b);
1392*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (Symbol *b = symtab->find(config->fini))
1393*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       if (b->isDefined())
1394*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         addSym(DT_FINI, b);
1395*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
1396*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1397*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   bool hasVerNeed = SharedFile::vernauxNum != 0;
1398*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (hasVerNeed || part.verDef)
1399*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     addInSec(DT_VERSYM, part.verSym);
1400*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (part.verDef) {
1401*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     addInSec(DT_VERDEF, part.verDef);
1402*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     addInt(DT_VERDEFNUM, getVerDefNum());
1403*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
1404*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (hasVerNeed) {
1405*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     addInSec(DT_VERNEED, part.verNeed);
1406*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     unsigned needNum = 0;
1407*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (SharedFile *f : sharedFiles)
1408*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       if (!f->vernauxs.empty())
1409*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         ++needNum;
1410*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     addInt(DT_VERNEEDNUM, needNum);
1411*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
1412*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1413*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (config->emachine == EM_MIPS) {
1414*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     addInt(DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 1);
1415*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     addInt(DT_MIPS_FLAGS, RHF_NOTPOT);
1416*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     addInt(DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, target->getImageBase());
1417*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     addInt(DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, part.dynSymTab->getNumSymbols());
1418*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1419*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     add(DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, [] { return in.mipsGot->getLocalEntriesNum(); });
1420*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1421*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (const Symbol *b = in.mipsGot->getFirstGlobalEntry())
1422*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       addInt(DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, b->dynsymIndex);
1423*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     else
1424*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       addInt(DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, part.dynSymTab->getNumSymbols());
1425*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     addInSec(DT_PLTGOT, in.mipsGot);
1426*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (in.mipsRldMap) {
1427*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       if (!config->pie)
1428*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         addInSec(DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, in.mipsRldMap);
1429*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       // Store the offset to the .rld_map section
1430*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       // relative to the address of the tag.
1431*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       addInSecRelative(DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL, in.mipsRldMap);
1432*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
1433*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
1434*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1435*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // DT_PPC_GOT indicates to glibc Secure PLT is used. If DT_PPC_GOT is absent,
1436*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // glibc assumes the old-style BSS PLT layout which we don't support.
1437*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (config->emachine == EM_PPC)
1438*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     add(DT_PPC_GOT, [] { return in.got->getVA(); });
1439*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1440*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Glink dynamic tag is required by the V2 abi if the plt section isn't empty.
1441*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (config->emachine == EM_PPC64 && in.plt->isNeeded()) {
1442*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // The Glink tag points to 32 bytes before the first lazy symbol resolution
1443*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // stub, which starts directly after the header.
1444*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     entries.push_back({DT_PPC64_GLINK, [=] {
1445*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                          unsigned offset = target->pltHeaderSize - 32;
1446*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                          return in.plt->getVA(0) + offset;
1447*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                        }});
1448*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
1449*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1450*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   addInt(DT_NULL, 0);
1451*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1452*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   getParent()->link = this->link;
1453*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   this->size = entries.size() * this->entsize;
1454*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1455*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1456*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> void DynamicSection<ELFT>::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) {
1457*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   auto *p = reinterpret_cast<Elf_Dyn *>(buf);
1458*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1459*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (std::pair<int32_t, std::function<uint64_t()>> &kv : entries) {
1460*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     p->d_tag = kv.first;
1461*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     p->d_un.d_val = kv.second();
1462*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     ++p;
1463*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
1464*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1465*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1466*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t DynamicReloc::getOffset() const {
1467*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return inputSec->getVA(offsetInSec);
1468*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1469*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1470*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric int64_t DynamicReloc::computeAddend() const {
1471*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (useSymVA)
1472*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return sym->getVA(addend);
1473*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (!outputSec)
1474*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return addend;
1475*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // See the comment in the DynamicReloc ctor.
1476*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return getMipsPageAddr(outputSec->addr) + addend;
1477*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1478*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1479*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint32_t DynamicReloc::getSymIndex(SymbolTableBaseSection *symTab) const {
1480*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (sym && !useSymVA)
1481*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return symTab->getSymbolIndex(sym);
1482*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return 0;
1483*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1484*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1485*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric RelocationBaseSection::RelocationBaseSection(StringRef name, uint32_t type,
1486*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                                              int32_t dynamicTag,
1487*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                                              int32_t sizeDynamicTag)
1488*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC, type, config->wordsize, name),
1489*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       dynamicTag(dynamicTag), sizeDynamicTag(sizeDynamicTag) {}
1490*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1491*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void RelocationBaseSection::addReloc(RelType dynType, InputSectionBase *isec,
1492*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                                      uint64_t offsetInSec, Symbol *sym) {
1493*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   addReloc({dynType, isec, offsetInSec, false, sym, 0});
1494*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1495*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1496*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void RelocationBaseSection::addReloc(RelType dynType,
1497*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                                      InputSectionBase *inputSec,
1498*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                                      uint64_t offsetInSec, Symbol *sym,
1499*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                                      int64_t addend, RelExpr expr,
1500*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                                      RelType type) {
1501*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Write the addends to the relocated address if required. We skip
1502*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // it if the written value would be zero.
1503*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (config->writeAddends && (expr != R_ADDEND || addend != 0))
1504*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     inputSec->relocations.push_back({expr, type, offsetInSec, addend, sym});
1505*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   addReloc({dynType, inputSec, offsetInSec, expr != R_ADDEND, sym, addend});
1506*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1507*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1508*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void RelocationBaseSection::addReloc(const DynamicReloc &reloc) {
1509*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (reloc.type == target->relativeRel)
1510*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     ++numRelativeRelocs;
1511*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   relocs.push_back(reloc);
1512*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1513*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1514*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void RelocationBaseSection::finalizeContents() {
1515*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   SymbolTableBaseSection *symTab = getPartition().dynSymTab;
1516*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1517*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // When linking glibc statically, .rel{,a}.plt contains R_*_IRELATIVE
1518*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // relocations due to IFUNC (e.g. strcpy). sh_link will be set to 0 in that
1519*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // case.
1520*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (symTab && symTab->getParent())
1521*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     getParent()->link = symTab->getParent()->sectionIndex;
1522*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   else
1523*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     getParent()->link = 0;
1524*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1525*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (in.relaPlt == this)
1526*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     getParent()->info = in.gotPlt->getParent()->sectionIndex;
1527*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (in.relaIplt == this)
1528*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     getParent()->info = in.igotPlt->getParent()->sectionIndex;
1529*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1530*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1531*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric RelrBaseSection::RelrBaseSection()
1532*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC,
1533*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                        config->useAndroidRelrTags ? SHT_ANDROID_RELR : SHT_RELR,
1534*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                        config->wordsize, ".relr.dyn") {}
1535*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1536*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT>
1537*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric static void encodeDynamicReloc(SymbolTableBaseSection *symTab,
1538*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                                typename ELFT::Rela *p,
1539*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                                const DynamicReloc &rel) {
1540*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (config->isRela)
1541*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     p->r_addend = rel.computeAddend();
1542*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   p->r_offset = rel.getOffset();
1543*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   p->setSymbolAndType(rel.getSymIndex(symTab), rel.type, config->isMips64EL);
1544*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1545*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1546*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT>
1547*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric RelocationSection<ELFT>::RelocationSection(StringRef name, bool sort)
1548*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : RelocationBaseSection(name, config->isRela ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL,
1549*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                             config->isRela ? DT_RELA : DT_REL,
1550*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                             config->isRela ? DT_RELASZ : DT_RELSZ),
1551*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       sort(sort) {
1552*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   this->entsize = config->isRela ? sizeof(Elf_Rela) : sizeof(Elf_Rel);
1553*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1554*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1555*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> void RelocationSection<ELFT>::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) {
1556*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   SymbolTableBaseSection *symTab = getPartition().dynSymTab;
1557*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1558*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Sort by (!IsRelative,SymIndex,r_offset). DT_REL[A]COUNT requires us to
1559*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // place R_*_RELATIVE first. SymIndex is to improve locality, while r_offset
1560*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // is to make results easier to read.
1561*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (sort)
1562*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     llvm::stable_sort(
1563*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         relocs, [&](const DynamicReloc &a, const DynamicReloc &b) {
1564*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric           return std::make_tuple(a.type != target->relativeRel,
1565*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                                  a.getSymIndex(symTab), a.getOffset()) <
1566*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                  std::make_tuple(b.type != target->relativeRel,
1567*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                                  b.getSymIndex(symTab), b.getOffset());
1568*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         });
1569*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1570*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (const DynamicReloc &rel : relocs) {
1571*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     encodeDynamicReloc<ELFT>(symTab, reinterpret_cast<Elf_Rela *>(buf), rel);
1572*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     buf += config->isRela ? sizeof(Elf_Rela) : sizeof(Elf_Rel);
1573*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
1574*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1575*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1576*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT>
1577*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric AndroidPackedRelocationSection<ELFT>::AndroidPackedRelocationSection(
1578*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     StringRef name)
1579*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : RelocationBaseSection(
1580*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric           name, config->isRela ? SHT_ANDROID_RELA : SHT_ANDROID_REL,
1581*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric           config->isRela ? DT_ANDROID_RELA : DT_ANDROID_REL,
1582*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric           config->isRela ? DT_ANDROID_RELASZ : DT_ANDROID_RELSZ) {
1583*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   this->entsize = 1;
1584*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1585*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1586*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT>
1587*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool AndroidPackedRelocationSection<ELFT>::updateAllocSize() {
1588*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // This function computes the contents of an Android-format packed relocation
1589*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // section.
1590*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   //
1591*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // This format compresses relocations by using relocation groups to factor out
1592*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // fields that are common between relocations and storing deltas from previous
1593*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // relocations in SLEB128 format (which has a short representation for small
1594*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // numbers). A good example of a relocation type with common fields is
1595*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // R_*_RELATIVE, which is normally used to represent function pointers in
1596*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // vtables. In the REL format, each relative relocation has the same r_info
1597*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // field, and is only different from other relative relocations in terms of
1598*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // the r_offset field. By sorting relocations by offset, grouping them by
1599*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // r_info and representing each relocation with only the delta from the
1600*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // previous offset, each 8-byte relocation can be compressed to as little as 1
1601*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // byte (or less with run-length encoding). This relocation packer was able to
1602*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // reduce the size of the relocation section in an Android Chromium DSO from
1603*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // 2,911,184 bytes to 174,693 bytes, or 6% of the original size.
1604*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   //
1605*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // A relocation section consists of a header containing the literal bytes
1606*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // 'APS2' followed by a sequence of SLEB128-encoded integers. The first two
1607*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // elements are the total number of relocations in the section and an initial
1608*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // r_offset value. The remaining elements define a sequence of relocation
1609*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // groups. Each relocation group starts with a header consisting of the
1610*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // following elements:
1611*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   //
1612*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // - the number of relocations in the relocation group
1613*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // - flags for the relocation group
1614*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // - (if RELOCATION_GROUPED_BY_OFFSET_DELTA_FLAG is set) the r_offset delta
1615*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   //   for each relocation in the group.
1616*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // - (if RELOCATION_GROUPED_BY_INFO_FLAG is set) the value of the r_info
1617*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   //   field for each relocation in the group.
1618*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // - (if RELOCATION_GROUP_HAS_ADDEND_FLAG and
1619*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   //   RELOCATION_GROUPED_BY_ADDEND_FLAG are set) the r_addend delta for
1620*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   //   each relocation in the group.
1621*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   //
1622*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Following the relocation group header are descriptions of each of the
1623*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // relocations in the group. They consist of the following elements:
1624*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   //
1625*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // - (if RELOCATION_GROUPED_BY_OFFSET_DELTA_FLAG is not set) the r_offset
1626*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   //   delta for this relocation.
1627*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // - (if RELOCATION_GROUPED_BY_INFO_FLAG is not set) the value of the r_info
1628*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   //   field for this relocation.
1629*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // - (if RELOCATION_GROUP_HAS_ADDEND_FLAG is set and
1630*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   //   RELOCATION_GROUPED_BY_ADDEND_FLAG is not set) the r_addend delta for
1631*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   //   this relocation.
1632*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1633*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   size_t oldSize = relocData.size();
1634*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1635*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   relocData = {'A', 'P', 'S', '2'};
1636*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   raw_svector_ostream os(relocData);
1637*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   auto add = [&](int64_t v) { encodeSLEB128(v, os); };
1638*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1639*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // The format header includes the number of relocations and the initial
1640*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // offset (we set this to zero because the first relocation group will
1641*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // perform the initial adjustment).
1642*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   add(relocs.size());
1643*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   add(0);
1644*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1645*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   std::vector<Elf_Rela> relatives, nonRelatives;
1646*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1647*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (const DynamicReloc &rel : relocs) {
1648*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     Elf_Rela r;
1649*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     encodeDynamicReloc<ELFT>(getPartition().dynSymTab, &r, rel);
1650*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1651*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (r.getType(config->isMips64EL) == target->relativeRel)
1652*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       relatives.push_back(r);
1653*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     else
1654*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       nonRelatives.push_back(r);
1655*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
1656*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1657*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   llvm::sort(relatives, [](const Elf_Rel &a, const Elf_Rel &b) {
1658*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return a.r_offset < b.r_offset;
1659*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   });
1660*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1661*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Try to find groups of relative relocations which are spaced one word
1662*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // apart from one another. These generally correspond to vtable entries. The
1663*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // format allows these groups to be encoded using a sort of run-length
1664*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // encoding, but each group will cost 7 bytes in addition to the offset from
1665*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // the previous group, so it is only profitable to do this for groups of
1666*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // size 8 or larger.
1667*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   std::vector<Elf_Rela> ungroupedRelatives;
1668*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   std::vector<std::vector<Elf_Rela>> relativeGroups;
1669*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (auto i = relatives.begin(), e = relatives.end(); i != e;) {
1670*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     std::vector<Elf_Rela> group;
1671*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     do {
1672*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       group.push_back(*i++);
1673*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     } while (i != e && (i - 1)->r_offset + config->wordsize == i->r_offset);
1674*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1675*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (group.size() < 8)
1676*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       ungroupedRelatives.insert(ungroupedRelatives.end(), group.begin(),
1677*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                                 group.end());
1678*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     else
1679*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       relativeGroups.emplace_back(std::move(group));
1680*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
1681*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1682*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   unsigned hasAddendIfRela =
1683*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       config->isRela ? RELOCATION_GROUP_HAS_ADDEND_FLAG : 0;
1684*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1685*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   uint64_t offset = 0;
1686*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   uint64_t addend = 0;
1687*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1688*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Emit the run-length encoding for the groups of adjacent relative
1689*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // relocations. Each group is represented using two groups in the packed
1690*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // format. The first is used to set the current offset to the start of the
1691*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // group (and also encodes the first relocation), and the second encodes the
1692*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // remaining relocations.
1693*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (std::vector<Elf_Rela> &g : relativeGroups) {
1694*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // The first relocation in the group.
1695*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     add(1);
1696*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     add(RELOCATION_GROUPED_BY_OFFSET_DELTA_FLAG |
1697*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         RELOCATION_GROUPED_BY_INFO_FLAG | hasAddendIfRela);
1698*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     add(g[0].r_offset - offset);
1699*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     add(target->relativeRel);
1700*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (config->isRela) {
1701*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       add(g[0].r_addend - addend);
1702*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       addend = g[0].r_addend;
1703*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
1704*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1705*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // The remaining relocations.
1706*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     add(g.size() - 1);
1707*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     add(RELOCATION_GROUPED_BY_OFFSET_DELTA_FLAG |
1708*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         RELOCATION_GROUPED_BY_INFO_FLAG | hasAddendIfRela);
1709*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     add(config->wordsize);
1710*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     add(target->relativeRel);
1711*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (config->isRela) {
1712*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       for (auto i = g.begin() + 1, e = g.end(); i != e; ++i) {
1713*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         add(i->r_addend - addend);
1714*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         addend = i->r_addend;
1715*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       }
1716*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
1717*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1718*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     offset = g.back().r_offset;
1719*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
1720*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1721*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Now the ungrouped relatives.
1722*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (!ungroupedRelatives.empty()) {
1723*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     add(ungroupedRelatives.size());
1724*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     add(RELOCATION_GROUPED_BY_INFO_FLAG | hasAddendIfRela);
1725*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     add(target->relativeRel);
1726*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (Elf_Rela &r : ungroupedRelatives) {
1727*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       add(r.r_offset - offset);
1728*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       offset = r.r_offset;
1729*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       if (config->isRela) {
1730*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         add(r.r_addend - addend);
1731*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         addend = r.r_addend;
1732*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       }
1733*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
1734*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
1735*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1736*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Finally the non-relative relocations.
1737*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   llvm::sort(nonRelatives, [](const Elf_Rela &a, const Elf_Rela &b) {
1738*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return a.r_offset < b.r_offset;
1739*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   });
1740*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (!nonRelatives.empty()) {
1741*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     add(nonRelatives.size());
1742*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     add(hasAddendIfRela);
1743*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (Elf_Rela &r : nonRelatives) {
1744*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       add(r.r_offset - offset);
1745*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       offset = r.r_offset;
1746*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       add(r.r_info);
1747*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       if (config->isRela) {
1748*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         add(r.r_addend - addend);
1749*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         addend = r.r_addend;
1750*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       }
1751*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
1752*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
1753*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1754*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Don't allow the section to shrink; otherwise the size of the section can
1755*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // oscillate infinitely.
1756*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (relocData.size() < oldSize)
1757*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     relocData.append(oldSize - relocData.size(), 0);
1758*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1759*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Returns whether the section size changed. We need to keep recomputing both
1760*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // section layout and the contents of this section until the size converges
1761*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // because changing this section's size can affect section layout, which in
1762*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // turn can affect the sizes of the LEB-encoded integers stored in this
1763*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // section.
1764*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return relocData.size() != oldSize;
1765*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1766*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1767*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> RelrSection<ELFT>::RelrSection() {
1768*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   this->entsize = config->wordsize;
1769*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1770*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1771*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> bool RelrSection<ELFT>::updateAllocSize() {
1772*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // This function computes the contents of an SHT_RELR packed relocation
1773*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // section.
1774*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   //
1775*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Proposal for adding SHT_RELR sections to generic-abi is here:
1776*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   //   https://groups.google.com/forum/#!topic/generic-abi/bX460iggiKg
1777*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   //
1778*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // The encoded sequence of Elf64_Relr entries in a SHT_RELR section looks
1779*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // like [ AAAAAAAA BBBBBBB1 BBBBBBB1 ... AAAAAAAA BBBBBB1 ... ]
1780*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   //
1781*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // i.e. start with an address, followed by any number of bitmaps. The address
1782*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // entry encodes 1 relocation. The subsequent bitmap entries encode up to 63
1783*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // relocations each, at subsequent offsets following the last address entry.
1784*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   //
1785*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // The bitmap entries must have 1 in the least significant bit. The assumption
1786*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // here is that an address cannot have 1 in lsb. Odd addresses are not
1787*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // supported.
1788*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   //
1789*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Excluding the least significant bit in the bitmap, each non-zero bit in
1790*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // the bitmap represents a relocation to be applied to a corresponding machine
1791*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // word that follows the base address word. The second least significant bit
1792*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // represents the machine word immediately following the initial address, and
1793*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // each bit that follows represents the next word, in linear order. As such,
1794*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // a single bitmap can encode up to 31 relocations in a 32-bit object, and
1795*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // 63 relocations in a 64-bit object.
1796*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   //
1797*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // This encoding has a couple of interesting properties:
1798*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // 1. Looking at any entry, it is clear whether it's an address or a bitmap:
1799*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   //    even means address, odd means bitmap.
1800*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // 2. Just a simple list of addresses is a valid encoding.
1801*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1802*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   size_t oldSize = relrRelocs.size();
1803*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   relrRelocs.clear();
1804*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1805*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Same as Config->Wordsize but faster because this is a compile-time
1806*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // constant.
1807*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   const size_t wordsize = sizeof(typename ELFT::uint);
1808*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1809*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Number of bits to use for the relocation offsets bitmap.
1810*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Must be either 63 or 31.
1811*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   const size_t nBits = wordsize * 8 - 1;
1812*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1813*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Get offsets for all relative relocations and sort them.
1814*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   std::vector<uint64_t> offsets;
1815*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (const RelativeReloc &rel : relocs)
1816*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     offsets.push_back(rel.getOffset());
1817*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   llvm::sort(offsets);
1818*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1819*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // For each leading relocation, find following ones that can be folded
1820*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // as a bitmap and fold them.
1821*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (size_t i = 0, e = offsets.size(); i < e;) {
1822*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // Add a leading relocation.
1823*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     relrRelocs.push_back(Elf_Relr(offsets[i]));
1824*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     uint64_t base = offsets[i] + wordsize;
1825*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     ++i;
1826*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1827*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // Find foldable relocations to construct bitmaps.
1828*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     while (i < e) {
1829*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       uint64_t bitmap = 0;
1830*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1831*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       while (i < e) {
1832*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         uint64_t delta = offsets[i] - base;
1833*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1834*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         // If it is too far, it cannot be folded.
1835*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         if (delta >= nBits * wordsize)
1836*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric           break;
1837*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1838*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         // If it is not a multiple of wordsize away, it cannot be folded.
1839*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         if (delta % wordsize)
1840*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric           break;
1841*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1842*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         // Fold it.
1843*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         bitmap |= 1ULL << (delta / wordsize);
1844*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         ++i;
1845*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       }
1846*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1847*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       if (!bitmap)
1848*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         break;
1849*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1850*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       relrRelocs.push_back(Elf_Relr((bitmap << 1) | 1));
1851*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       base += nBits * wordsize;
1852*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
1853*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
1854*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1855*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return relrRelocs.size() != oldSize;
1856*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1857*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1858*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric SymbolTableBaseSection::SymbolTableBaseSection(StringTableSection &strTabSec)
1859*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : SyntheticSection(strTabSec.isDynamic() ? (uint64_t)SHF_ALLOC : 0,
1860*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                        strTabSec.isDynamic() ? SHT_DYNSYM : SHT_SYMTAB,
1861*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                        config->wordsize,
1862*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                        strTabSec.isDynamic() ? ".dynsym" : ".symtab"),
1863*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       strTabSec(strTabSec) {}
1864*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1865*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Orders symbols according to their positions in the GOT,
1866*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // in compliance with MIPS ABI rules.
1867*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // See "Global Offset Table" in Chapter 5 in the following document
1868*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // for detailed description:
1869*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // ftp://www.linux-mips.org/pub/linux/mips/doc/ABI/mipsabi.pdf
1870*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric static bool sortMipsSymbols(const SymbolTableEntry &l,
1871*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                             const SymbolTableEntry &r) {
1872*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Sort entries related to non-local preemptible symbols by GOT indexes.
1873*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // All other entries go to the beginning of a dynsym in arbitrary order.
1874*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (l.sym->isInGot() && r.sym->isInGot())
1875*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return l.sym->gotIndex < r.sym->gotIndex;
1876*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (!l.sym->isInGot() && !r.sym->isInGot())
1877*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return false;
1878*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return !l.sym->isInGot();
1879*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1880*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1881*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void SymbolTableBaseSection::finalizeContents() {
1882*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (OutputSection *sec = strTabSec.getParent())
1883*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     getParent()->link = sec->sectionIndex;
1884*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1885*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (this->type != SHT_DYNSYM) {
1886*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     sortSymTabSymbols();
1887*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return;
1888*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
1889*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1890*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // If it is a .dynsym, there should be no local symbols, but we need
1891*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // to do a few things for the dynamic linker.
1892*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1893*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Section's Info field has the index of the first non-local symbol.
1894*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Because the first symbol entry is a null entry, 1 is the first.
1895*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   getParent()->info = 1;
1896*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1897*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (getPartition().gnuHashTab) {
1898*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // NB: It also sorts Symbols to meet the GNU hash table requirements.
1899*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     getPartition().gnuHashTab->addSymbols(symbols);
1900*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   } else if (config->emachine == EM_MIPS) {
1901*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     llvm::stable_sort(symbols, sortMipsSymbols);
1902*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
1903*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1904*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Only the main partition's dynsym indexes are stored in the symbols
1905*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // themselves. All other partitions use a lookup table.
1906*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (this == mainPart->dynSymTab) {
1907*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     size_t i = 0;
1908*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (const SymbolTableEntry &s : symbols)
1909*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       s.sym->dynsymIndex = ++i;
1910*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
1911*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1912*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1913*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // The ELF spec requires that all local symbols precede global symbols, so we
1914*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // sort symbol entries in this function. (For .dynsym, we don't do that because
1915*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // symbols for dynamic linking are inherently all globals.)
1916*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric //
1917*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Aside from above, we put local symbols in groups starting with the STT_FILE
1918*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // symbol. That is convenient for purpose of identifying where are local symbols
1919*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // coming from.
1920*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void SymbolTableBaseSection::sortSymTabSymbols() {
1921*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Move all local symbols before global symbols.
1922*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   auto e = std::stable_partition(
1923*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       symbols.begin(), symbols.end(), [](const SymbolTableEntry &s) {
1924*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         return s.sym->isLocal() || s.sym->computeBinding() == STB_LOCAL;
1925*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       });
1926*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   size_t numLocals = e - symbols.begin();
1927*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   getParent()->info = numLocals + 1;
1928*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1929*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // We want to group the local symbols by file. For that we rebuild the local
1930*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // part of the symbols vector. We do not need to care about the STT_FILE
1931*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // symbols, they are already naturally placed first in each group. That
1932*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // happens because STT_FILE is always the first symbol in the object and hence
1933*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // precede all other local symbols we add for a file.
1934*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   MapVector<InputFile *, std::vector<SymbolTableEntry>> arr;
1935*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (const SymbolTableEntry &s : llvm::make_range(symbols.begin(), e))
1936*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     arr[s.sym->file].push_back(s);
1937*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1938*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   auto i = symbols.begin();
1939*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (std::pair<InputFile *, std::vector<SymbolTableEntry>> &p : arr)
1940*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (SymbolTableEntry &entry : p.second)
1941*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       *i++ = entry;
1942*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1943*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1944*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void SymbolTableBaseSection::addSymbol(Symbol *b) {
1945*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Adding a local symbol to a .dynsym is a bug.
1946*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   assert(this->type != SHT_DYNSYM || !b->isLocal());
1947*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1948*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   bool hashIt = b->isLocal();
1949*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   symbols.push_back({b, strTabSec.addString(b->getName(), hashIt)});
1950*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1951*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1952*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t SymbolTableBaseSection::getSymbolIndex(Symbol *sym) {
1953*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (this == mainPart->dynSymTab)
1954*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return sym->dynsymIndex;
1955*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1956*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Initializes symbol lookup tables lazily. This is used only for -r,
1957*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // -emit-relocs and dynsyms in partitions other than the main one.
1958*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   llvm::call_once(onceFlag, [&] {
1959*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     symbolIndexMap.reserve(symbols.size());
1960*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     size_t i = 0;
1961*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (const SymbolTableEntry &e : symbols) {
1962*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       if (e.sym->type == STT_SECTION)
1963*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         sectionIndexMap[e.sym->getOutputSection()] = ++i;
1964*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       else
1965*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         symbolIndexMap[e.sym] = ++i;
1966*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
1967*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   });
1968*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1969*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Section symbols are mapped based on their output sections
1970*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // to maintain their semantics.
1971*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (sym->type == STT_SECTION)
1972*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return sectionIndexMap.lookup(sym->getOutputSection());
1973*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return symbolIndexMap.lookup(sym);
1974*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1975*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1976*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT>
1977*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric SymbolTableSection<ELFT>::SymbolTableSection(StringTableSection &strTabSec)
1978*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : SymbolTableBaseSection(strTabSec) {
1979*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   this->entsize = sizeof(Elf_Sym);
1980*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1981*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1982*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric static BssSection *getCommonSec(Symbol *sym) {
1983*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (!config->defineCommon)
1984*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (auto *d = dyn_cast<Defined>(sym))
1985*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       return dyn_cast_or_null<BssSection>(d->section);
1986*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return nullptr;
1987*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1988*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
1989*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric static uint32_t getSymSectionIndex(Symbol *sym) {
1990*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (getCommonSec(sym))
1991*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return SHN_COMMON;
1992*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (!isa<Defined>(sym) || sym->needsPltAddr)
1993*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return SHN_UNDEF;
1994*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (const OutputSection *os = sym->getOutputSection())
1995*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return os->sectionIndex >= SHN_LORESERVE ? (uint32_t)SHN_XINDEX
1996*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                                              : os->sectionIndex;
1997*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return SHN_ABS;
1998*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
1999*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2000*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Write the internal symbol table contents to the output symbol table.
2001*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> void SymbolTableSection<ELFT>::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) {
2002*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // The first entry is a null entry as per the ELF spec.
2003*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   memset(buf, 0, sizeof(Elf_Sym));
2004*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   buf += sizeof(Elf_Sym);
2005*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2006*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   auto *eSym = reinterpret_cast<Elf_Sym *>(buf);
2007*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2008*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (SymbolTableEntry &ent : symbols) {
2009*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     Symbol *sym = ent.sym;
2010*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     bool isDefinedHere = type == SHT_SYMTAB || sym->partition == partition;
2011*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2012*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // Set st_info and st_other.
2013*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     eSym->st_other = 0;
2014*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (sym->isLocal()) {
2015*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       eSym->setBindingAndType(STB_LOCAL, sym->type);
2016*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     } else {
2017*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       eSym->setBindingAndType(sym->computeBinding(), sym->type);
2018*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       eSym->setVisibility(sym->visibility);
2019*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
2020*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2021*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // The 3 most significant bits of st_other are used by OpenPOWER ABI.
2022*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // See getPPC64GlobalEntryToLocalEntryOffset() for more details.
2023*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (config->emachine == EM_PPC64)
2024*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       eSym->st_other |= sym->stOther & 0xe0;
2025*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2026*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     eSym->st_name = ent.strTabOffset;
2027*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (isDefinedHere)
2028*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       eSym->st_shndx = getSymSectionIndex(ent.sym);
2029*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     else
2030*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       eSym->st_shndx = 0;
2031*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2032*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // Copy symbol size if it is a defined symbol. st_size is not significant
2033*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // for undefined symbols, so whether copying it or not is up to us if that's
2034*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // the case. We'll leave it as zero because by not setting a value, we can
2035*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // get the exact same outputs for two sets of input files that differ only
2036*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // in undefined symbol size in DSOs.
2037*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (eSym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF || !isDefinedHere)
2038*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       eSym->st_size = 0;
2039*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     else
2040*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       eSym->st_size = sym->getSize();
2041*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2042*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // st_value is usually an address of a symbol, but that has a
2043*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // special meaining for uninstantiated common symbols (this can
2044*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // occur if -r is given).
2045*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (BssSection *commonSec = getCommonSec(ent.sym))
2046*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       eSym->st_value = commonSec->alignment;
2047*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     else if (isDefinedHere)
2048*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       eSym->st_value = sym->getVA();
2049*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     else
2050*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       eSym->st_value = 0;
2051*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2052*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     ++eSym;
2053*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
2054*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2055*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // On MIPS we need to mark symbol which has a PLT entry and requires
2056*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // pointer equality by STO_MIPS_PLT flag. That is necessary to help
2057*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // dynamic linker distinguish such symbols and MIPS lazy-binding stubs.
2058*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // https://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2008-07/txt00000.txt
2059*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (config->emachine == EM_MIPS) {
2060*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     auto *eSym = reinterpret_cast<Elf_Sym *>(buf);
2061*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2062*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (SymbolTableEntry &ent : symbols) {
2063*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       Symbol *sym = ent.sym;
2064*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       if (sym->isInPlt() && sym->needsPltAddr)
2065*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         eSym->st_other |= STO_MIPS_PLT;
2066*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       if (isMicroMips()) {
2067*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         // We already set the less-significant bit for symbols
2068*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         // marked by the `STO_MIPS_MICROMIPS` flag and for microMIPS PLT
2069*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         // records. That allows us to distinguish such symbols in
2070*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         // the `MIPS<ELFT>::relocateOne()` routine. Now we should
2071*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         // clear that bit for non-dynamic symbol table, so tools
2072*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         // like `objdump` will be able to deal with a correct
2073*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         // symbol position.
2074*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         if (sym->isDefined() &&
2075*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric             ((sym->stOther & STO_MIPS_MICROMIPS) || sym->needsPltAddr)) {
2076*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric           if (!strTabSec.isDynamic())
2077*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric             eSym->st_value &= ~1;
2078*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric           eSym->st_other |= STO_MIPS_MICROMIPS;
2079*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         }
2080*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       }
2081*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       if (config->relocatable)
2082*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         if (auto *d = dyn_cast<Defined>(sym))
2083*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric           if (isMipsPIC<ELFT>(d))
2084*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric             eSym->st_other |= STO_MIPS_PIC;
2085*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       ++eSym;
2086*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
2087*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
2088*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2089*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2090*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric SymtabShndxSection::SymtabShndxSection()
2091*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : SyntheticSection(0, SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX, 4, ".symtab_shndx") {
2092*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   this->entsize = 4;
2093*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2094*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2095*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void SymtabShndxSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) {
2096*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // We write an array of 32 bit values, where each value has 1:1 association
2097*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // with an entry in .symtab. If the corresponding entry contains SHN_XINDEX,
2098*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // we need to write actual index, otherwise, we must write SHN_UNDEF(0).
2099*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   buf += 4; // Ignore .symtab[0] entry.
2100*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (const SymbolTableEntry &entry : in.symTab->getSymbols()) {
2101*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (getSymSectionIndex(entry.sym) == SHN_XINDEX)
2102*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       write32(buf, entry.sym->getOutputSection()->sectionIndex);
2103*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     buf += 4;
2104*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
2105*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2106*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2107*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool SymtabShndxSection::isNeeded() const {
2108*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // SHT_SYMTAB can hold symbols with section indices values up to
2109*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // SHN_LORESERVE. If we need more, we want to use extension SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2110*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // section. Problem is that we reveal the final section indices a bit too
2111*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // late, and we do not know them here. For simplicity, we just always create
2112*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // a .symtab_shndx section when the amount of output sections is huge.
2113*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   size_t size = 0;
2114*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (BaseCommand *base : script->sectionCommands)
2115*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (isa<OutputSection>(base))
2116*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       ++size;
2117*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return size >= SHN_LORESERVE;
2118*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2119*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2120*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void SymtabShndxSection::finalizeContents() {
2121*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   getParent()->link = in.symTab->getParent()->sectionIndex;
2122*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2123*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2124*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t SymtabShndxSection::getSize() const {
2125*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return in.symTab->getNumSymbols() * 4;
2126*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2127*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2128*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // .hash and .gnu.hash sections contain on-disk hash tables that map
2129*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // symbol names to their dynamic symbol table indices. Their purpose
2130*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // is to help the dynamic linker resolve symbols quickly. If ELF files
2131*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // don't have them, the dynamic linker has to do linear search on all
2132*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // dynamic symbols, which makes programs slower. Therefore, a .hash
2133*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // section is added to a DSO by default. A .gnu.hash is added if you
2134*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // give the -hash-style=gnu or -hash-style=both option.
2135*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric //
2136*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // The Unix semantics of resolving dynamic symbols is somewhat expensive.
2137*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Each ELF file has a list of DSOs that the ELF file depends on and a
2138*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // list of dynamic symbols that need to be resolved from any of the
2139*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // DSOs. That means resolving all dynamic symbols takes O(m)*O(n)
2140*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // where m is the number of DSOs and n is the number of dynamic
2141*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // symbols. For modern large programs, both m and n are large.  So
2142*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // making each step faster by using hash tables substiantially
2143*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // improves time to load programs.
2144*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric //
2145*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // (Note that this is not the only way to design the shared library.
2146*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // For instance, the Windows DLL takes a different approach. On
2147*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Windows, each dynamic symbol has a name of DLL from which the symbol
2148*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // has to be resolved. That makes the cost of symbol resolution O(n).
2149*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // This disables some hacky techniques you can use on Unix such as
2150*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // LD_PRELOAD, but this is arguably better semantics than the Unix ones.)
2151*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric //
2152*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Due to historical reasons, we have two different hash tables, .hash
2153*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // and .gnu.hash. They are for the same purpose, and .gnu.hash is a new
2154*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // and better version of .hash. .hash is just an on-disk hash table, but
2155*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // .gnu.hash has a bloom filter in addition to a hash table to skip
2156*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // DSOs very quickly. If you are sure that your dynamic linker knows
2157*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // about .gnu.hash, you want to specify -hash-style=gnu. Otherwise, a
2158*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // safe bet is to specify -hash-style=both for backward compatibilty.
2159*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric GnuHashTableSection::GnuHashTableSection()
2160*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC, SHT_GNU_HASH, config->wordsize, ".gnu.hash") {
2161*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2162*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2163*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void GnuHashTableSection::finalizeContents() {
2164*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (OutputSection *sec = getPartition().dynSymTab->getParent())
2165*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     getParent()->link = sec->sectionIndex;
2166*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2167*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Computes bloom filter size in word size. We want to allocate 12
2168*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // bits for each symbol. It must be a power of two.
2169*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (symbols.empty()) {
2170*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     maskWords = 1;
2171*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   } else {
2172*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     uint64_t numBits = symbols.size() * 12;
2173*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     maskWords = NextPowerOf2(numBits / (config->wordsize * 8));
2174*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
2175*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2176*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   size = 16;                            // Header
2177*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   size += config->wordsize * maskWords; // Bloom filter
2178*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   size += nBuckets * 4;                 // Hash buckets
2179*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   size += symbols.size() * 4;           // Hash values
2180*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2181*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2182*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void GnuHashTableSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) {
2183*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // The output buffer is not guaranteed to be zero-cleared because we pre-
2184*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // fill executable sections with trap instructions. This is a precaution
2185*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // for that case, which happens only when -no-rosegment is given.
2186*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   memset(buf, 0, size);
2187*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2188*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Write a header.
2189*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   write32(buf, nBuckets);
2190*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   write32(buf + 4, getPartition().dynSymTab->getNumSymbols() - symbols.size());
2191*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   write32(buf + 8, maskWords);
2192*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   write32(buf + 12, Shift2);
2193*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   buf += 16;
2194*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2195*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Write a bloom filter and a hash table.
2196*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   writeBloomFilter(buf);
2197*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   buf += config->wordsize * maskWords;
2198*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   writeHashTable(buf);
2199*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2200*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2201*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // This function writes a 2-bit bloom filter. This bloom filter alone
2202*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // usually filters out 80% or more of all symbol lookups [1].
2203*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // The dynamic linker uses the hash table only when a symbol is not
2204*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // filtered out by a bloom filter.
2205*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric //
2206*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // [1] Ulrich Drepper (2011), "How To Write Shared Libraries" (Ver. 4.1.2),
2207*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric //     p.9, https://www.akkadia.org/drepper/dsohowto.pdf
2208*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void GnuHashTableSection::writeBloomFilter(uint8_t *buf) {
2209*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   unsigned c = config->is64 ? 64 : 32;
2210*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (const Entry &sym : symbols) {
2211*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // When C = 64, we choose a word with bits [6:...] and set 1 to two bits in
2212*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // the word using bits [0:5] and [26:31].
2213*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     size_t i = (sym.hash / c) & (maskWords - 1);
2214*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     uint64_t val = readUint(buf + i * config->wordsize);
2215*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     val |= uint64_t(1) << (sym.hash % c);
2216*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     val |= uint64_t(1) << ((sym.hash >> Shift2) % c);
2217*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     writeUint(buf + i * config->wordsize, val);
2218*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
2219*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2220*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2221*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void GnuHashTableSection::writeHashTable(uint8_t *buf) {
2222*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   uint32_t *buckets = reinterpret_cast<uint32_t *>(buf);
2223*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   uint32_t oldBucket = -1;
2224*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   uint32_t *values = buckets + nBuckets;
2225*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (auto i = symbols.begin(), e = symbols.end(); i != e; ++i) {
2226*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // Write a hash value. It represents a sequence of chains that share the
2227*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // same hash modulo value. The last element of each chain is terminated by
2228*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // LSB 1.
2229*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     uint32_t hash = i->hash;
2230*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     bool isLastInChain = (i + 1) == e || i->bucketIdx != (i + 1)->bucketIdx;
2231*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     hash = isLastInChain ? hash | 1 : hash & ~1;
2232*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     write32(values++, hash);
2233*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2234*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (i->bucketIdx == oldBucket)
2235*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       continue;
2236*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // Write a hash bucket. Hash buckets contain indices in the following hash
2237*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // value table.
2238*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     write32(buckets + i->bucketIdx,
2239*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric             getPartition().dynSymTab->getSymbolIndex(i->sym));
2240*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     oldBucket = i->bucketIdx;
2241*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
2242*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2243*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2244*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric static uint32_t hashGnu(StringRef name) {
2245*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   uint32_t h = 5381;
2246*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (uint8_t c : name)
2247*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     h = (h << 5) + h + c;
2248*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return h;
2249*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2250*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2251*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Add symbols to this symbol hash table. Note that this function
2252*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // destructively sort a given vector -- which is needed because
2253*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // GNU-style hash table places some sorting requirements.
2254*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void GnuHashTableSection::addSymbols(std::vector<SymbolTableEntry> &v) {
2255*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // We cannot use 'auto' for Mid because GCC 6.1 cannot deduce
2256*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // its type correctly.
2257*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   std::vector<SymbolTableEntry>::iterator mid =
2258*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       std::stable_partition(v.begin(), v.end(), [&](const SymbolTableEntry &s) {
2259*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         return !s.sym->isDefined() || s.sym->partition != partition;
2260*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       });
2261*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2262*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // We chose load factor 4 for the on-disk hash table. For each hash
2263*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // collision, the dynamic linker will compare a uint32_t hash value.
2264*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Since the integer comparison is quite fast, we believe we can
2265*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // make the load factor even larger. 4 is just a conservative choice.
2266*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   //
2267*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Note that we don't want to create a zero-sized hash table because
2268*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Android loader as of 2018 doesn't like a .gnu.hash containing such
2269*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // table. If that's the case, we create a hash table with one unused
2270*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // dummy slot.
2271*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   nBuckets = std::max<size_t>((v.end() - mid) / 4, 1);
2272*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2273*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (mid == v.end())
2274*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return;
2275*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2276*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (SymbolTableEntry &ent : llvm::make_range(mid, v.end())) {
2277*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     Symbol *b = ent.sym;
2278*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     uint32_t hash = hashGnu(b->getName());
2279*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     uint32_t bucketIdx = hash % nBuckets;
2280*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     symbols.push_back({b, ent.strTabOffset, hash, bucketIdx});
2281*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
2282*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2283*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   llvm::stable_sort(symbols, [](const Entry &l, const Entry &r) {
2284*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return l.bucketIdx < r.bucketIdx;
2285*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   });
2286*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2287*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   v.erase(mid, v.end());
2288*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (const Entry &ent : symbols)
2289*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     v.push_back({ent.sym, ent.strTabOffset});
2290*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2291*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2292*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric HashTableSection::HashTableSection()
2293*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC, SHT_HASH, 4, ".hash") {
2294*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   this->entsize = 4;
2295*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2296*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2297*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void HashTableSection::finalizeContents() {
2298*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   SymbolTableBaseSection *symTab = getPartition().dynSymTab;
2299*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2300*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (OutputSection *sec = symTab->getParent())
2301*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     getParent()->link = sec->sectionIndex;
2302*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2303*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   unsigned numEntries = 2;               // nbucket and nchain.
2304*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   numEntries += symTab->getNumSymbols(); // The chain entries.
2305*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2306*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Create as many buckets as there are symbols.
2307*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   numEntries += symTab->getNumSymbols();
2308*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   this->size = numEntries * 4;
2309*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2310*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2311*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void HashTableSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) {
2312*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   SymbolTableBaseSection *symTab = getPartition().dynSymTab;
2313*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2314*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // See comment in GnuHashTableSection::writeTo.
2315*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   memset(buf, 0, size);
2316*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2317*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   unsigned numSymbols = symTab->getNumSymbols();
2318*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2319*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   uint32_t *p = reinterpret_cast<uint32_t *>(buf);
2320*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   write32(p++, numSymbols); // nbucket
2321*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   write32(p++, numSymbols); // nchain
2322*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2323*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   uint32_t *buckets = p;
2324*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   uint32_t *chains = p + numSymbols;
2325*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2326*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (const SymbolTableEntry &s : symTab->getSymbols()) {
2327*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     Symbol *sym = s.sym;
2328*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     StringRef name = sym->getName();
2329*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     unsigned i = sym->dynsymIndex;
2330*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     uint32_t hash = hashSysV(name) % numSymbols;
2331*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     chains[i] = buckets[hash];
2332*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     write32(buckets + hash, i);
2333*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
2334*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2335*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2336*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // On PowerPC64 the lazy symbol resolvers go into the `global linkage table`
2337*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // in the .glink section, rather then the typical .plt section.
2338*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric PltSection::PltSection(bool isIplt)
2339*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : SyntheticSection(
2340*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric           SHF_ALLOC | SHF_EXECINSTR, SHT_PROGBITS, 16,
2341*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric           (config->emachine == EM_PPC || config->emachine == EM_PPC64)
2342*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric               ? ".glink"
2343*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric               : ".plt"),
2344*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       headerSize(!isIplt || config->zRetpolineplt ? target->pltHeaderSize : 0),
2345*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       isIplt(isIplt) {
2346*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // The PLT needs to be writable on SPARC as the dynamic linker will
2347*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // modify the instructions in the PLT entries.
2348*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (config->emachine == EM_SPARCV9)
2349*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     this->flags |= SHF_WRITE;
2350*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2351*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2352*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void PltSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) {
2353*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (config->emachine == EM_PPC) {
2354*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     writePPC32GlinkSection(buf, entries.size());
2355*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return;
2356*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
2357*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2358*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // At beginning of PLT or retpoline IPLT, we have code to call the dynamic
2359*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // linker to resolve dynsyms at runtime. Write such code.
2360*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (headerSize)
2361*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     target->writePltHeader(buf);
2362*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   size_t off = headerSize;
2363*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2364*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   RelocationBaseSection *relSec = isIplt ? in.relaIplt : in.relaPlt;
2365*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2366*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // The IPlt is immediately after the Plt, account for this in relOff
2367*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   size_t pltOff = isIplt ? in.plt->getSize() : 0;
2368*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2369*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (size_t i = 0, e = entries.size(); i != e; ++i) {
2370*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     const Symbol *b = entries[i];
2371*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     unsigned relOff = relSec->entsize * i + pltOff;
2372*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     uint64_t got = b->getGotPltVA();
2373*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     uint64_t plt = this->getVA() + off;
2374*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     target->writePlt(buf + off, got, plt, b->pltIndex, relOff);
2375*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     off += target->pltEntrySize;
2376*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
2377*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2378*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2379*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> void PltSection::addEntry(Symbol &sym) {
2380*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   sym.pltIndex = entries.size();
2381*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   entries.push_back(&sym);
2382*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2383*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2384*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t PltSection::getSize() const {
2385*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return headerSize + entries.size() * target->pltEntrySize;
2386*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2387*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2388*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Some architectures such as additional symbols in the PLT section. For
2389*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // example ARM uses mapping symbols to aid disassembly
2390*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void PltSection::addSymbols() {
2391*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // The PLT may have symbols defined for the Header, the IPLT has no header
2392*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (!isIplt)
2393*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     target->addPltHeaderSymbols(*this);
2394*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2395*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   size_t off = headerSize;
2396*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (size_t i = 0; i < entries.size(); ++i) {
2397*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     target->addPltSymbols(*this, off);
2398*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     off += target->pltEntrySize;
2399*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
2400*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2401*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2402*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // The string hash function for .gdb_index.
2403*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric static uint32_t computeGdbHash(StringRef s) {
2404*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   uint32_t h = 0;
2405*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (uint8_t c : s)
2406*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     h = h * 67 + toLower(c) - 113;
2407*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return h;
2408*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2409*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2410*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric GdbIndexSection::GdbIndexSection()
2411*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : SyntheticSection(0, SHT_PROGBITS, 1, ".gdb_index") {}
2412*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2413*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Returns the desired size of an on-disk hash table for a .gdb_index section.
2414*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // There's a tradeoff between size and collision rate. We aim 75% utilization.
2415*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t GdbIndexSection::computeSymtabSize() const {
2416*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return std::max<size_t>(NextPowerOf2(symbols.size() * 4 / 3), 1024);
2417*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2418*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2419*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Compute the output section size.
2420*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void GdbIndexSection::initOutputSize() {
2421*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   size = sizeof(GdbIndexHeader) + computeSymtabSize() * 8;
2422*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2423*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (GdbChunk &chunk : chunks)
2424*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     size += chunk.compilationUnits.size() * 16 + chunk.addressAreas.size() * 20;
2425*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2426*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Add the constant pool size if exists.
2427*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (!symbols.empty()) {
2428*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     GdbSymbol &sym = symbols.back();
2429*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     size += sym.nameOff + sym.name.size() + 1;
2430*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
2431*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2432*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2433*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric static std::vector<InputSection *> getDebugInfoSections() {
2434*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   std::vector<InputSection *> ret;
2435*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (InputSectionBase *s : inputSections)
2436*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (InputSection *isec = dyn_cast<InputSection>(s))
2437*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       if (isec->name == ".debug_info")
2438*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         ret.push_back(isec);
2439*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return ret;
2440*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2441*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2442*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric static std::vector<GdbIndexSection::CuEntry> readCuList(DWARFContext &dwarf) {
2443*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   std::vector<GdbIndexSection::CuEntry> ret;
2444*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (std::unique_ptr<DWARFUnit> &cu : dwarf.compile_units())
2445*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     ret.push_back({cu->getOffset(), cu->getLength() + 4});
2446*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return ret;
2447*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2448*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2449*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric static std::vector<GdbIndexSection::AddressEntry>
2450*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric readAddressAreas(DWARFContext &dwarf, InputSection *sec) {
2451*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   std::vector<GdbIndexSection::AddressEntry> ret;
2452*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2453*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   uint32_t cuIdx = 0;
2454*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (std::unique_ptr<DWARFUnit> &cu : dwarf.compile_units()) {
2455*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     Expected<DWARFAddressRangesVector> ranges = cu->collectAddressRanges();
2456*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (!ranges) {
2457*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       error(toString(sec) + ": " + toString(ranges.takeError()));
2458*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       return {};
2459*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
2460*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2461*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     ArrayRef<InputSectionBase *> sections = sec->file->getSections();
2462*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (DWARFAddressRange &r : *ranges) {
2463*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       if (r.SectionIndex == -1ULL)
2464*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         continue;
2465*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       InputSectionBase *s = sections[r.SectionIndex];
2466*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       if (!s || s == &InputSection::discarded || !s->isLive())
2467*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         continue;
2468*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       // Range list with zero size has no effect.
2469*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       if (r.LowPC == r.HighPC)
2470*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         continue;
2471*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       auto *isec = cast<InputSection>(s);
2472*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       uint64_t offset = isec->getOffsetInFile();
2473*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       ret.push_back({isec, r.LowPC - offset, r.HighPC - offset, cuIdx});
2474*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
2475*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     ++cuIdx;
2476*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
2477*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2478*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return ret;
2479*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2480*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2481*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT>
2482*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric static std::vector<GdbIndexSection::NameAttrEntry>
2483*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric readPubNamesAndTypes(const LLDDwarfObj<ELFT> &obj,
2484*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                      const std::vector<GdbIndexSection::CuEntry> &cUs) {
2485*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   const DWARFSection &pubNames = obj.getGnuPubNamesSection();
2486*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   const DWARFSection &pubTypes = obj.getGnuPubTypesSection();
2487*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2488*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   std::vector<GdbIndexSection::NameAttrEntry> ret;
2489*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (const DWARFSection *pub : {&pubNames, &pubTypes}) {
2490*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     DWARFDebugPubTable table(obj, *pub, config->isLE, true);
2491*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (const DWARFDebugPubTable::Set &set : table.getData()) {
2492*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       // The value written into the constant pool is kind << 24 | cuIndex. As we
2493*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       // don't know how many compilation units precede this object to compute
2494*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       // cuIndex, we compute (kind << 24 | cuIndexInThisObject) instead, and add
2495*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       // the number of preceding compilation units later.
2496*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       uint32_t i =
2497*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric           lower_bound(cUs, set.Offset,
2498*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                       [](GdbIndexSection::CuEntry cu, uint32_t offset) {
2499*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                         return cu.cuOffset < offset;
2500*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                       }) -
2501*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric           cUs.begin();
2502*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       for (const DWARFDebugPubTable::Entry &ent : set.Entries)
2503*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         ret.push_back({{ent.Name, computeGdbHash(ent.Name)},
2504*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                        (ent.Descriptor.toBits() << 24) | i});
2505*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
2506*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
2507*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return ret;
2508*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2509*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2510*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Create a list of symbols from a given list of symbol names and types
2511*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // by uniquifying them by name.
2512*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric static std::vector<GdbIndexSection::GdbSymbol>
2513*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric createSymbols(ArrayRef<std::vector<GdbIndexSection::NameAttrEntry>> nameAttrs,
2514*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric               const std::vector<GdbIndexSection::GdbChunk> &chunks) {
2515*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   using GdbSymbol = GdbIndexSection::GdbSymbol;
2516*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   using NameAttrEntry = GdbIndexSection::NameAttrEntry;
2517*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2518*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // For each chunk, compute the number of compilation units preceding it.
2519*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   uint32_t cuIdx = 0;
2520*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   std::vector<uint32_t> cuIdxs(chunks.size());
2521*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (uint32_t i = 0, e = chunks.size(); i != e; ++i) {
2522*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     cuIdxs[i] = cuIdx;
2523*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     cuIdx += chunks[i].compilationUnits.size();
2524*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
2525*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2526*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // The number of symbols we will handle in this function is of the order
2527*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // of millions for very large executables, so we use multi-threading to
2528*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // speed it up.
2529*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   size_t numShards = 32;
2530*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   size_t concurrency = 1;
2531*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (threadsEnabled)
2532*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     concurrency =
2533*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         std::min<size_t>(PowerOf2Floor(hardware_concurrency()), numShards);
2534*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2535*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // A sharded map to uniquify symbols by name.
2536*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   std::vector<DenseMap<CachedHashStringRef, size_t>> map(numShards);
2537*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   size_t shift = 32 - countTrailingZeros(numShards);
2538*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2539*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Instantiate GdbSymbols while uniqufying them by name.
2540*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   std::vector<std::vector<GdbSymbol>> symbols(numShards);
2541*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   parallelForEachN(0, concurrency, [&](size_t threadId) {
2542*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     uint32_t i = 0;
2543*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (ArrayRef<NameAttrEntry> entries : nameAttrs) {
2544*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       for (const NameAttrEntry &ent : entries) {
2545*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         size_t shardId = ent.name.hash() >> shift;
2546*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         if ((shardId & (concurrency - 1)) != threadId)
2547*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric           continue;
2548*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2549*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         uint32_t v = ent.cuIndexAndAttrs + cuIdxs[i];
2550*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         size_t &idx = map[shardId][ent.name];
2551*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         if (idx) {
2552*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric           symbols[shardId][idx - 1].cuVector.push_back(v);
2553*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric           continue;
2554*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         }
2555*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2556*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         idx = symbols[shardId].size() + 1;
2557*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         symbols[shardId].push_back({ent.name, {v}, 0, 0});
2558*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       }
2559*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       ++i;
2560*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
2561*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   });
2562*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2563*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   size_t numSymbols = 0;
2564*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (ArrayRef<GdbSymbol> v : symbols)
2565*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     numSymbols += v.size();
2566*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2567*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // The return type is a flattened vector, so we'll copy each vector
2568*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // contents to Ret.
2569*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   std::vector<GdbSymbol> ret;
2570*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   ret.reserve(numSymbols);
2571*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (std::vector<GdbSymbol> &vec : symbols)
2572*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (GdbSymbol &sym : vec)
2573*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       ret.push_back(std::move(sym));
2574*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2575*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // CU vectors and symbol names are adjacent in the output file.
2576*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // We can compute their offsets in the output file now.
2577*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   size_t off = 0;
2578*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (GdbSymbol &sym : ret) {
2579*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     sym.cuVectorOff = off;
2580*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     off += (sym.cuVector.size() + 1) * 4;
2581*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
2582*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (GdbSymbol &sym : ret) {
2583*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     sym.nameOff = off;
2584*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     off += sym.name.size() + 1;
2585*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
2586*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2587*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return ret;
2588*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2589*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2590*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Returns a newly-created .gdb_index section.
2591*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> GdbIndexSection *GdbIndexSection::create() {
2592*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   std::vector<InputSection *> sections = getDebugInfoSections();
2593*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2594*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // .debug_gnu_pub{names,types} are useless in executables.
2595*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // They are present in input object files solely for creating
2596*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // a .gdb_index. So we can remove them from the output.
2597*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (InputSectionBase *s : inputSections)
2598*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (s->name == ".debug_gnu_pubnames" || s->name == ".debug_gnu_pubtypes")
2599*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       s->markDead();
2600*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2601*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   std::vector<GdbChunk> chunks(sections.size());
2602*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   std::vector<std::vector<NameAttrEntry>> nameAttrs(sections.size());
2603*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2604*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   parallelForEachN(0, sections.size(), [&](size_t i) {
2605*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     ObjFile<ELFT> *file = sections[i]->getFile<ELFT>();
2606*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     DWARFContext dwarf(make_unique<LLDDwarfObj<ELFT>>(file));
2607*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2608*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     chunks[i].sec = sections[i];
2609*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     chunks[i].compilationUnits = readCuList(dwarf);
2610*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     chunks[i].addressAreas = readAddressAreas(dwarf, sections[i]);
2611*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     nameAttrs[i] = readPubNamesAndTypes<ELFT>(
2612*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         static_cast<const LLDDwarfObj<ELFT> &>(dwarf.getDWARFObj()),
2613*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         chunks[i].compilationUnits);
2614*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   });
2615*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2616*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   auto *ret = make<GdbIndexSection>();
2617*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   ret->chunks = std::move(chunks);
2618*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   ret->symbols = createSymbols(nameAttrs, ret->chunks);
2619*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   ret->initOutputSize();
2620*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return ret;
2621*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2622*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2623*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void GdbIndexSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) {
2624*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Write the header.
2625*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   auto *hdr = reinterpret_cast<GdbIndexHeader *>(buf);
2626*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   uint8_t *start = buf;
2627*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   hdr->version = 7;
2628*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   buf += sizeof(*hdr);
2629*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2630*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Write the CU list.
2631*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   hdr->cuListOff = buf - start;
2632*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (GdbChunk &chunk : chunks) {
2633*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (CuEntry &cu : chunk.compilationUnits) {
2634*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       write64le(buf, chunk.sec->outSecOff + cu.cuOffset);
2635*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       write64le(buf + 8, cu.cuLength);
2636*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       buf += 16;
2637*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
2638*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
2639*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2640*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Write the address area.
2641*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   hdr->cuTypesOff = buf - start;
2642*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   hdr->addressAreaOff = buf - start;
2643*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   uint32_t cuOff = 0;
2644*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (GdbChunk &chunk : chunks) {
2645*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (AddressEntry &e : chunk.addressAreas) {
2646*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       uint64_t baseAddr = e.section->getVA(0);
2647*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       write64le(buf, baseAddr + e.lowAddress);
2648*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       write64le(buf + 8, baseAddr + e.highAddress);
2649*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       write32le(buf + 16, e.cuIndex + cuOff);
2650*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       buf += 20;
2651*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
2652*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     cuOff += chunk.compilationUnits.size();
2653*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
2654*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2655*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Write the on-disk open-addressing hash table containing symbols.
2656*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   hdr->symtabOff = buf - start;
2657*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   size_t symtabSize = computeSymtabSize();
2658*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   uint32_t mask = symtabSize - 1;
2659*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2660*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (GdbSymbol &sym : symbols) {
2661*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     uint32_t h = sym.name.hash();
2662*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     uint32_t i = h & mask;
2663*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     uint32_t step = ((h * 17) & mask) | 1;
2664*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2665*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     while (read32le(buf + i * 8))
2666*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       i = (i + step) & mask;
2667*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2668*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     write32le(buf + i * 8, sym.nameOff);
2669*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     write32le(buf + i * 8 + 4, sym.cuVectorOff);
2670*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
2671*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2672*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   buf += symtabSize * 8;
2673*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2674*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Write the string pool.
2675*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   hdr->constantPoolOff = buf - start;
2676*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   parallelForEach(symbols, [&](GdbSymbol &sym) {
2677*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     memcpy(buf + sym.nameOff, sym.name.data(), sym.name.size());
2678*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   });
2679*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2680*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Write the CU vectors.
2681*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (GdbSymbol &sym : symbols) {
2682*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     write32le(buf, sym.cuVector.size());
2683*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     buf += 4;
2684*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (uint32_t val : sym.cuVector) {
2685*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       write32le(buf, val);
2686*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       buf += 4;
2687*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
2688*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
2689*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2690*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2691*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool GdbIndexSection::isNeeded() const { return !chunks.empty(); }
2692*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2693*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric EhFrameHeader::EhFrameHeader()
2694*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC, SHT_PROGBITS, 4, ".eh_frame_hdr") {}
2695*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2696*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void EhFrameHeader::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) {
2697*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Unlike most sections, the EhFrameHeader section is written while writing
2698*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // another section, namely EhFrameSection, which calls the write() function
2699*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // below from its writeTo() function. This is necessary because the contents
2700*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // of EhFrameHeader depend on the relocated contents of EhFrameSection and we
2701*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // don't know which order the sections will be written in.
2702*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2703*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2704*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // .eh_frame_hdr contains a binary search table of pointers to FDEs.
2705*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Each entry of the search table consists of two values,
2706*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // the starting PC from where FDEs covers, and the FDE's address.
2707*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // It is sorted by PC.
2708*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void EhFrameHeader::write() {
2709*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   uint8_t *buf = Out::bufferStart + getParent()->offset + outSecOff;
2710*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   using FdeData = EhFrameSection::FdeData;
2711*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2712*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   std::vector<FdeData> fdes = getPartition().ehFrame->getFdeData();
2713*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2714*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   buf[0] = 1;
2715*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   buf[1] = DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4;
2716*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   buf[2] = DW_EH_PE_udata4;
2717*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   buf[3] = DW_EH_PE_datarel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4;
2718*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   write32(buf + 4,
2719*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric           getPartition().ehFrame->getParent()->addr - this->getVA() - 4);
2720*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   write32(buf + 8, fdes.size());
2721*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   buf += 12;
2722*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2723*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (FdeData &fde : fdes) {
2724*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     write32(buf, fde.pcRel);
2725*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     write32(buf + 4, fde.fdeVARel);
2726*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     buf += 8;
2727*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
2728*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2729*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2730*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t EhFrameHeader::getSize() const {
2731*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // .eh_frame_hdr has a 12 bytes header followed by an array of FDEs.
2732*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return 12 + getPartition().ehFrame->numFdes * 8;
2733*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2734*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2735*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool EhFrameHeader::isNeeded() const {
2736*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return isLive() && getPartition().ehFrame->isNeeded();
2737*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2738*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2739*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric VersionDefinitionSection::VersionDefinitionSection()
2740*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC, SHT_GNU_verdef, sizeof(uint32_t),
2741*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                        ".gnu.version_d") {}
2742*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2743*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric StringRef VersionDefinitionSection::getFileDefName() {
2744*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (!getPartition().name.empty())
2745*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return getPartition().name;
2746*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (!config->soName.empty())
2747*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return config->soName;
2748*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return config->outputFile;
2749*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2750*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2751*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void VersionDefinitionSection::finalizeContents() {
2752*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   fileDefNameOff = getPartition().dynStrTab->addString(getFileDefName());
2753*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (VersionDefinition &v : config->versionDefinitions)
2754*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     verDefNameOffs.push_back(getPartition().dynStrTab->addString(v.name));
2755*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2756*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (OutputSection *sec = getPartition().dynStrTab->getParent())
2757*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     getParent()->link = sec->sectionIndex;
2758*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2759*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // sh_info should be set to the number of definitions. This fact is missed in
2760*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // documentation, but confirmed by binutils community:
2761*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // https://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2014-11/msg00355.html
2762*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   getParent()->info = getVerDefNum();
2763*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2764*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2765*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void VersionDefinitionSection::writeOne(uint8_t *buf, uint32_t index,
2766*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                                         StringRef name, size_t nameOff) {
2767*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   uint16_t flags = index == 1 ? VER_FLG_BASE : 0;
2768*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2769*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Write a verdef.
2770*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   write16(buf, 1);                  // vd_version
2771*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   write16(buf + 2, flags);          // vd_flags
2772*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   write16(buf + 4, index);          // vd_ndx
2773*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   write16(buf + 6, 1);              // vd_cnt
2774*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   write32(buf + 8, hashSysV(name)); // vd_hash
2775*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   write32(buf + 12, 20);            // vd_aux
2776*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   write32(buf + 16, 28);            // vd_next
2777*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2778*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Write a veraux.
2779*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   write32(buf + 20, nameOff); // vda_name
2780*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   write32(buf + 24, 0);       // vda_next
2781*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2782*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2783*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void VersionDefinitionSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) {
2784*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   writeOne(buf, 1, getFileDefName(), fileDefNameOff);
2785*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2786*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   auto nameOffIt = verDefNameOffs.begin();
2787*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (VersionDefinition &v : config->versionDefinitions) {
2788*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     buf += EntrySize;
2789*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     writeOne(buf, v.id, v.name, *nameOffIt++);
2790*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
2791*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2792*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Need to terminate the last version definition.
2793*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   write32(buf + 16, 0); // vd_next
2794*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2795*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2796*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t VersionDefinitionSection::getSize() const {
2797*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return EntrySize * getVerDefNum();
2798*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2799*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2800*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // .gnu.version is a table where each entry is 2 byte long.
2801*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric VersionTableSection::VersionTableSection()
2802*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC, SHT_GNU_versym, sizeof(uint16_t),
2803*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                        ".gnu.version") {
2804*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   this->entsize = 2;
2805*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2806*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2807*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void VersionTableSection::finalizeContents() {
2808*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // At the moment of june 2016 GNU docs does not mention that sh_link field
2809*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // should be set, but Sun docs do. Also readelf relies on this field.
2810*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   getParent()->link = getPartition().dynSymTab->getParent()->sectionIndex;
2811*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2812*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2813*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t VersionTableSection::getSize() const {
2814*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return (getPartition().dynSymTab->getSymbols().size() + 1) * 2;
2815*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2816*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2817*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void VersionTableSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) {
2818*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   buf += 2;
2819*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (const SymbolTableEntry &s : getPartition().dynSymTab->getSymbols()) {
2820*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     write16(buf, s.sym->versionId);
2821*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     buf += 2;
2822*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
2823*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2824*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2825*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool VersionTableSection::isNeeded() const {
2826*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return getPartition().verDef || getPartition().verNeed->isNeeded();
2827*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2828*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2829*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void elf::addVerneed(Symbol *ss) {
2830*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   auto &file = cast<SharedFile>(*ss->file);
2831*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (ss->verdefIndex == VER_NDX_GLOBAL) {
2832*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     ss->versionId = VER_NDX_GLOBAL;
2833*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return;
2834*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
2835*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2836*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (file.vernauxs.empty())
2837*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     file.vernauxs.resize(file.verdefs.size());
2838*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2839*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Select a version identifier for the vernaux data structure, if we haven't
2840*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // already allocated one. The verdef identifiers cover the range
2841*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // [1..getVerDefNum()]; this causes the vernaux identifiers to start from
2842*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // getVerDefNum()+1.
2843*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (file.vernauxs[ss->verdefIndex] == 0)
2844*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     file.vernauxs[ss->verdefIndex] = ++SharedFile::vernauxNum + getVerDefNum();
2845*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2846*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   ss->versionId = file.vernauxs[ss->verdefIndex];
2847*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2848*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2849*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT>
2850*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric VersionNeedSection<ELFT>::VersionNeedSection()
2851*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC, SHT_GNU_verneed, sizeof(uint32_t),
2852*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                        ".gnu.version_r") {}
2853*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2854*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> void VersionNeedSection<ELFT>::finalizeContents() {
2855*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (SharedFile *f : sharedFiles) {
2856*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (f->vernauxs.empty())
2857*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       continue;
2858*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     verneeds.emplace_back();
2859*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     Verneed &vn = verneeds.back();
2860*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     vn.nameStrTab = getPartition().dynStrTab->addString(f->soName);
2861*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (unsigned i = 0; i != f->vernauxs.size(); ++i) {
2862*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       if (f->vernauxs[i] == 0)
2863*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         continue;
2864*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       auto *verdef =
2865*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric           reinterpret_cast<const typename ELFT::Verdef *>(f->verdefs[i]);
2866*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       vn.vernauxs.push_back(
2867*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric           {verdef->vd_hash, f->vernauxs[i],
2868*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric            getPartition().dynStrTab->addString(f->getStringTable().data() +
2869*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                                                verdef->getAux()->vda_name)});
2870*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
2871*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
2872*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2873*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (OutputSection *sec = getPartition().dynStrTab->getParent())
2874*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     getParent()->link = sec->sectionIndex;
2875*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   getParent()->info = verneeds.size();
2876*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2877*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2878*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> void VersionNeedSection<ELFT>::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) {
2879*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // The Elf_Verneeds need to appear first, followed by the Elf_Vernauxs.
2880*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   auto *verneed = reinterpret_cast<Elf_Verneed *>(buf);
2881*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   auto *vernaux = reinterpret_cast<Elf_Vernaux *>(verneed + verneeds.size());
2882*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2883*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (auto &vn : verneeds) {
2884*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // Create an Elf_Verneed for this DSO.
2885*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     verneed->vn_version = 1;
2886*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     verneed->vn_cnt = vn.vernauxs.size();
2887*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     verneed->vn_file = vn.nameStrTab;
2888*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     verneed->vn_aux =
2889*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         reinterpret_cast<char *>(vernaux) - reinterpret_cast<char *>(verneed);
2890*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     verneed->vn_next = sizeof(Elf_Verneed);
2891*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     ++verneed;
2892*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2893*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // Create the Elf_Vernauxs for this Elf_Verneed.
2894*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (auto &vna : vn.vernauxs) {
2895*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       vernaux->vna_hash = vna.hash;
2896*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       vernaux->vna_flags = 0;
2897*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       vernaux->vna_other = vna.verneedIndex;
2898*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       vernaux->vna_name = vna.nameStrTab;
2899*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       vernaux->vna_next = sizeof(Elf_Vernaux);
2900*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       ++vernaux;
2901*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
2902*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2903*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     vernaux[-1].vna_next = 0;
2904*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
2905*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   verneed[-1].vn_next = 0;
2906*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2907*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2908*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> size_t VersionNeedSection<ELFT>::getSize() const {
2909*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return verneeds.size() * sizeof(Elf_Verneed) +
2910*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric          SharedFile::vernauxNum * sizeof(Elf_Vernaux);
2911*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2912*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2913*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> bool VersionNeedSection<ELFT>::isNeeded() const {
2914*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return SharedFile::vernauxNum != 0;
2915*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2916*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2917*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void MergeSyntheticSection::addSection(MergeInputSection *ms) {
2918*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   ms->parent = this;
2919*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   sections.push_back(ms);
2920*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   assert(alignment == ms->alignment || !(ms->flags & SHF_STRINGS));
2921*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   alignment = std::max(alignment, ms->alignment);
2922*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2923*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2924*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric MergeTailSection::MergeTailSection(StringRef name, uint32_t type,
2925*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                                    uint64_t flags, uint32_t alignment)
2926*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : MergeSyntheticSection(name, type, flags, alignment),
2927*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       builder(StringTableBuilder::RAW, alignment) {}
2928*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2929*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t MergeTailSection::getSize() const { return builder.getSize(); }
2930*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2931*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void MergeTailSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) { builder.write(buf); }
2932*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2933*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void MergeTailSection::finalizeContents() {
2934*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Add all string pieces to the string table builder to create section
2935*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // contents.
2936*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (MergeInputSection *sec : sections)
2937*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (size_t i = 0, e = sec->pieces.size(); i != e; ++i)
2938*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       if (sec->pieces[i].live)
2939*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         builder.add(sec->getData(i));
2940*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2941*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Fix the string table content. After this, the contents will never change.
2942*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   builder.finalize();
2943*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2944*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // finalize() fixed tail-optimized strings, so we can now get
2945*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // offsets of strings. Get an offset for each string and save it
2946*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // to a corresponding SectionPiece for easy access.
2947*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (MergeInputSection *sec : sections)
2948*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (size_t i = 0, e = sec->pieces.size(); i != e; ++i)
2949*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       if (sec->pieces[i].live)
2950*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         sec->pieces[i].outputOff = builder.getOffset(sec->getData(i));
2951*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2952*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2953*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void MergeNoTailSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) {
2954*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (size_t i = 0; i < numShards; ++i)
2955*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     shards[i].write(buf + shardOffsets[i]);
2956*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
2957*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2958*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // This function is very hot (i.e. it can take several seconds to finish)
2959*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // because sometimes the number of inputs is in an order of magnitude of
2960*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // millions. So, we use multi-threading.
2961*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric //
2962*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // For any strings S and T, we know S is not mergeable with T if S's hash
2963*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // value is different from T's. If that's the case, we can safely put S and
2964*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // T into different string builders without worrying about merge misses.
2965*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // We do it in parallel.
2966*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void MergeNoTailSection::finalizeContents() {
2967*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Initializes string table builders.
2968*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (size_t i = 0; i < numShards; ++i)
2969*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     shards.emplace_back(StringTableBuilder::RAW, alignment);
2970*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2971*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Concurrency level. Must be a power of 2 to avoid expensive modulo
2972*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // operations in the following tight loop.
2973*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   size_t concurrency = 1;
2974*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (threadsEnabled)
2975*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     concurrency =
2976*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         std::min<size_t>(PowerOf2Floor(hardware_concurrency()), numShards);
2977*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2978*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Add section pieces to the builders.
2979*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   parallelForEachN(0, concurrency, [&](size_t threadId) {
2980*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (MergeInputSection *sec : sections) {
2981*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       for (size_t i = 0, e = sec->pieces.size(); i != e; ++i) {
2982*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         if (!sec->pieces[i].live)
2983*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric           continue;
2984*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         size_t shardId = getShardId(sec->pieces[i].hash);
2985*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         if ((shardId & (concurrency - 1)) == threadId)
2986*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric           sec->pieces[i].outputOff = shards[shardId].add(sec->getData(i));
2987*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       }
2988*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
2989*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   });
2990*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
2991*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Compute an in-section offset for each shard.
2992*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   size_t off = 0;
2993*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (size_t i = 0; i < numShards; ++i) {
2994*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     shards[i].finalizeInOrder();
2995*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (shards[i].getSize() > 0)
2996*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       off = alignTo(off, alignment);
2997*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     shardOffsets[i] = off;
2998*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     off += shards[i].getSize();
2999*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
3000*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   size = off;
3001*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3002*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // So far, section pieces have offsets from beginning of shards, but
3003*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // we want offsets from beginning of the whole section. Fix them.
3004*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   parallelForEach(sections, [&](MergeInputSection *sec) {
3005*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (size_t i = 0, e = sec->pieces.size(); i != e; ++i)
3006*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       if (sec->pieces[i].live)
3007*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         sec->pieces[i].outputOff +=
3008*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric             shardOffsets[getShardId(sec->pieces[i].hash)];
3009*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   });
3010*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
3011*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3012*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric static MergeSyntheticSection *createMergeSynthetic(StringRef name,
3013*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                                                    uint32_t type,
3014*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                                                    uint64_t flags,
3015*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                                                    uint32_t alignment) {
3016*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   bool shouldTailMerge = (flags & SHF_STRINGS) && config->optimize >= 2;
3017*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (shouldTailMerge)
3018*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return make<MergeTailSection>(name, type, flags, alignment);
3019*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return make<MergeNoTailSection>(name, type, flags, alignment);
3020*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
3021*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3022*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> void elf::splitSections() {
3023*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // splitIntoPieces needs to be called on each MergeInputSection
3024*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // before calling finalizeContents().
3025*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   parallelForEach(inputSections, [](InputSectionBase *sec) {
3026*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (auto *s = dyn_cast<MergeInputSection>(sec))
3027*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       s->splitIntoPieces();
3028*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     else if (auto *eh = dyn_cast<EhInputSection>(sec))
3029*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       eh->split<ELFT>();
3030*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   });
3031*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
3032*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3033*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // This function scans over the inputsections to create mergeable
3034*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // synthetic sections.
3035*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric //
3036*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // It removes MergeInputSections from the input section array and adds
3037*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // new synthetic sections at the location of the first input section
3038*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // that it replaces. It then finalizes each synthetic section in order
3039*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // to compute an output offset for each piece of each input section.
3040*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void elf::mergeSections() {
3041*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   std::vector<MergeSyntheticSection *> mergeSections;
3042*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (InputSectionBase *&s : inputSections) {
3043*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     MergeInputSection *ms = dyn_cast<MergeInputSection>(s);
3044*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (!ms)
3045*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       continue;
3046*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3047*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // We do not want to handle sections that are not alive, so just remove
3048*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // them instead of trying to merge.
3049*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (!ms->isLive()) {
3050*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       s = nullptr;
3051*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       continue;
3052*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
3053*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3054*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     StringRef outsecName = getOutputSectionName(ms);
3055*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3056*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     auto i = llvm::find_if(mergeSections, [=](MergeSyntheticSection *sec) {
3057*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       // While we could create a single synthetic section for two different
3058*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       // values of Entsize, it is better to take Entsize into consideration.
3059*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       //
3060*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       // With a single synthetic section no two pieces with different Entsize
3061*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       // could be equal, so we may as well have two sections.
3062*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       //
3063*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       // Using Entsize in here also allows us to propagate it to the synthetic
3064*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       // section.
3065*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       //
3066*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       // SHF_STRINGS section with different alignments should not be merged.
3067*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       return sec->name == outsecName && sec->flags == ms->flags &&
3068*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric              sec->entsize == ms->entsize &&
3069*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric              (sec->alignment == ms->alignment || !(sec->flags & SHF_STRINGS));
3070*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     });
3071*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (i == mergeSections.end()) {
3072*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       MergeSyntheticSection *syn =
3073*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric           createMergeSynthetic(outsecName, ms->type, ms->flags, ms->alignment);
3074*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       mergeSections.push_back(syn);
3075*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       i = std::prev(mergeSections.end());
3076*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       s = syn;
3077*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       syn->entsize = ms->entsize;
3078*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     } else {
3079*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       s = nullptr;
3080*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
3081*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     (*i)->addSection(ms);
3082*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
3083*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (auto *ms : mergeSections)
3084*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     ms->finalizeContents();
3085*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3086*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   std::vector<InputSectionBase *> &v = inputSections;
3087*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   v.erase(std::remove(v.begin(), v.end(), nullptr), v.end());
3088*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
3089*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3090*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric MipsRldMapSection::MipsRldMapSection()
3091*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE, SHT_PROGBITS, config->wordsize,
3092*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                        ".rld_map") {}
3093*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3094*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric ARMExidxSyntheticSection::ARMExidxSyntheticSection()
3095*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC | SHF_LINK_ORDER, SHT_ARM_EXIDX,
3096*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                        config->wordsize, ".ARM.exidx") {}
3097*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3098*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric static InputSection *findExidxSection(InputSection *isec) {
3099*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (InputSection *d : isec->dependentSections)
3100*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (d->type == SHT_ARM_EXIDX)
3101*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       return d;
3102*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return nullptr;
3103*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
3104*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3105*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool ARMExidxSyntheticSection::addSection(InputSection *isec) {
3106*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (isec->type == SHT_ARM_EXIDX) {
3107*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     exidxSections.push_back(isec);
3108*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return true;
3109*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
3110*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3111*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if ((isec->flags & SHF_ALLOC) && (isec->flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) &&
3112*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       isec->getSize() > 0) {
3113*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     executableSections.push_back(isec);
3114*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (empty && findExidxSection(isec))
3115*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       empty = false;
3116*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return false;
3117*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
3118*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3119*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // FIXME: we do not output a relocation section when --emit-relocs is used
3120*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // as we do not have relocation sections for linker generated table entries
3121*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // and we would have to erase at a late stage relocations from merged entries.
3122*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Given that exception tables are already position independent and a binary
3123*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // analyzer could derive the relocations we choose to erase the relocations.
3124*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (config->emitRelocs && isec->type == SHT_REL)
3125*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (InputSectionBase *ex = isec->getRelocatedSection())
3126*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       if (isa<InputSection>(ex) && ex->type == SHT_ARM_EXIDX)
3127*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         return true;
3128*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3129*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return false;
3130*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
3131*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3132*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // References to .ARM.Extab Sections have bit 31 clear and are not the
3133*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // special EXIDX_CANTUNWIND bit-pattern.
3134*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric static bool isExtabRef(uint32_t unwind) {
3135*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return (unwind & 0x80000000) == 0 && unwind != 0x1;
3136*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
3137*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3138*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Return true if the .ARM.exidx section Cur can be merged into the .ARM.exidx
3139*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // section Prev, where Cur follows Prev in the table. This can be done if the
3140*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // unwinding instructions in Cur are identical to Prev. Linker generated
3141*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entries are represented by nullptr as they do not have an
3142*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // InputSection.
3143*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric static bool isDuplicateArmExidxSec(InputSection *prev, InputSection *cur) {
3144*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3145*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   struct ExidxEntry {
3146*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     ulittle32_t fn;
3147*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     ulittle32_t unwind;
3148*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   };
3149*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Get the last table Entry from the previous .ARM.exidx section. If Prev is
3150*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // nullptr then it will be a synthesized EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry.
3151*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   ExidxEntry prevEntry = {ulittle32_t(0), ulittle32_t(1)};
3152*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (prev)
3153*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     prevEntry = prev->getDataAs<ExidxEntry>().back();
3154*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (isExtabRef(prevEntry.unwind))
3155*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return false;
3156*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3157*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // We consider the unwind instructions of an .ARM.exidx table entry
3158*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // a duplicate if the previous unwind instructions if:
3159*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // - Both are the special EXIDX_CANTUNWIND.
3160*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // - Both are the same inline unwind instructions.
3161*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // We do not attempt to follow and check links into .ARM.extab tables as
3162*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // consecutive identical entries are rare and the effort to check that they
3163*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // are identical is high.
3164*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3165*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // If Cur is nullptr then this is synthesized EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry.
3166*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (cur == nullptr)
3167*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return prevEntry.unwind == 1;
3168*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3169*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (const ExidxEntry entry : cur->getDataAs<ExidxEntry>())
3170*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (isExtabRef(entry.unwind) || entry.unwind != prevEntry.unwind)
3171*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       return false;
3172*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3173*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // All table entries in this .ARM.exidx Section can be merged into the
3174*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // previous Section.
3175*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return true;
3176*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
3177*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3178*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // The .ARM.exidx table must be sorted in ascending order of the address of the
3179*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // functions the table describes. Optionally duplicate adjacent table entries
3180*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // can be removed. At the end of the function the executableSections must be
3181*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // sorted in ascending order of address, Sentinel is set to the InputSection
3182*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // with the highest address and any InputSections that have mergeable
3183*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // .ARM.exidx table entries are removed from it.
3184*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void ARMExidxSyntheticSection::finalizeContents() {
3185*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (script->hasSectionsCommand) {
3186*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // The executableSections and exidxSections that we use to derive the
3187*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // final contents of this SyntheticSection are populated before the
3188*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // linker script assigns InputSections to OutputSections. The linker script
3189*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // SECTIONS command may have a /DISCARD/ entry that removes executable
3190*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // InputSections and their dependent .ARM.exidx section that we recorded
3191*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // earlier.
3192*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     auto isDiscarded = [](const InputSection *isec) { return !isec->isLive(); };
3193*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     llvm::erase_if(executableSections, isDiscarded);
3194*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     llvm::erase_if(exidxSections, isDiscarded);
3195*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
3196*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3197*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Sort the executable sections that may or may not have associated
3198*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // .ARM.exidx sections by order of ascending address. This requires the
3199*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // relative positions of InputSections to be known.
3200*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   auto compareByFilePosition = [](const InputSection *a,
3201*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                                   const InputSection *b) {
3202*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     OutputSection *aOut = a->getParent();
3203*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     OutputSection *bOut = b->getParent();
3204*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3205*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (aOut != bOut)
3206*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       return aOut->sectionIndex < bOut->sectionIndex;
3207*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return a->outSecOff < b->outSecOff;
3208*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   };
3209*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   llvm::stable_sort(executableSections, compareByFilePosition);
3210*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   sentinel = executableSections.back();
3211*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Optionally merge adjacent duplicate entries.
3212*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (config->mergeArmExidx) {
3213*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     std::vector<InputSection *> selectedSections;
3214*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     selectedSections.reserve(executableSections.size());
3215*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     selectedSections.push_back(executableSections[0]);
3216*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     size_t prev = 0;
3217*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (size_t i = 1; i < executableSections.size(); ++i) {
3218*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       InputSection *ex1 = findExidxSection(executableSections[prev]);
3219*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       InputSection *ex2 = findExidxSection(executableSections[i]);
3220*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       if (!isDuplicateArmExidxSec(ex1, ex2)) {
3221*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         selectedSections.push_back(executableSections[i]);
3222*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         prev = i;
3223*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       }
3224*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
3225*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     executableSections = std::move(selectedSections);
3226*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
3227*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3228*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   size_t offset = 0;
3229*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   size = 0;
3230*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (InputSection *isec : executableSections) {
3231*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (InputSection *d = findExidxSection(isec)) {
3232*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       d->outSecOff = offset;
3233*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       d->parent = getParent();
3234*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       offset += d->getSize();
3235*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     } else {
3236*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       offset += 8;
3237*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
3238*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
3239*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Size includes Sentinel.
3240*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   size = offset + 8;
3241*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
3242*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3243*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric InputSection *ARMExidxSyntheticSection::getLinkOrderDep() const {
3244*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return executableSections.front();
3245*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
3246*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3247*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // To write the .ARM.exidx table from the ExecutableSections we have three cases
3248*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 1.) The InputSection has a .ARM.exidx InputSection in its dependent sections.
3249*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric //     We write the .ARM.exidx section contents and apply its relocations.
3250*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 2.) The InputSection does not have a dependent .ARM.exidx InputSection. We
3251*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric //     must write the contents of an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND directly. We use the
3252*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric //     start of the InputSection as the purpose of the linker generated
3253*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric //     section is to terminate the address range of the previous entry.
3254*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 3.) A trailing EXIDX_CANTUNWIND sentinel section is required at the end of
3255*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric //     the table to terminate the address range of the final entry.
3256*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void ARMExidxSyntheticSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) {
3257*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3258*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   const uint8_t cantUnwindData[8] = {0, 0, 0, 0,  // PREL31 to target
3259*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                                      1, 0, 0, 0}; // EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
3260*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3261*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   uint64_t offset = 0;
3262*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (InputSection *isec : executableSections) {
3263*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     assert(isec->getParent() != nullptr);
3264*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (InputSection *d = findExidxSection(isec)) {
3265*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       memcpy(buf + offset, d->data().data(), d->data().size());
3266*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       d->relocateAlloc(buf, buf + d->getSize());
3267*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       offset += d->getSize();
3268*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     } else {
3269*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       // A Linker generated CANTUNWIND section.
3270*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       memcpy(buf + offset, cantUnwindData, sizeof(cantUnwindData));
3271*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       uint64_t s = isec->getVA();
3272*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       uint64_t p = getVA() + offset;
3273*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       target->relocateOne(buf + offset, R_ARM_PREL31, s - p);
3274*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       offset += 8;
3275*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
3276*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
3277*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Write Sentinel.
3278*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   memcpy(buf + offset, cantUnwindData, sizeof(cantUnwindData));
3279*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   uint64_t s = sentinel->getVA(sentinel->getSize());
3280*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   uint64_t p = getVA() + offset;
3281*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   target->relocateOne(buf + offset, R_ARM_PREL31, s - p);
3282*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   assert(size == offset + 8);
3283*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
3284*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3285*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool ARMExidxSyntheticSection::classof(const SectionBase *d) {
3286*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return d->kind() == InputSectionBase::Synthetic && d->type == SHT_ARM_EXIDX;
3287*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
3288*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3289*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric ThunkSection::ThunkSection(OutputSection *os, uint64_t off)
3290*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC | SHF_EXECINSTR, SHT_PROGBITS,
3291*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                        config->wordsize, ".text.thunk") {
3292*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   this->parent = os;
3293*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   this->outSecOff = off;
3294*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
3295*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3296*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void ThunkSection::addThunk(Thunk *t) {
3297*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   thunks.push_back(t);
3298*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   t->addSymbols(*this);
3299*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
3300*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3301*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void ThunkSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) {
3302*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (Thunk *t : thunks)
3303*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     t->writeTo(buf + t->offset);
3304*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
3305*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3306*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric InputSection *ThunkSection::getTargetInputSection() const {
3307*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (thunks.empty())
3308*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return nullptr;
3309*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   const Thunk *t = thunks.front();
3310*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return t->getTargetInputSection();
3311*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
3312*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3313*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool ThunkSection::assignOffsets() {
3314*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   uint64_t off = 0;
3315*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (Thunk *t : thunks) {
3316*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     off = alignTo(off, t->alignment);
3317*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     t->setOffset(off);
3318*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     uint32_t size = t->size();
3319*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     t->getThunkTargetSym()->size = size;
3320*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     off += size;
3321*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
3322*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   bool changed = off != size;
3323*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   size = off;
3324*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return changed;
3325*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
3326*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3327*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric PPC32Got2Section::PPC32Got2Section()
3328*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE, SHT_PROGBITS, 4, ".got2") {}
3329*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3330*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool PPC32Got2Section::isNeeded() const {
3331*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // See the comment below. This is not needed if there is no other
3332*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // InputSection.
3333*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (BaseCommand *base : getParent()->sectionCommands)
3334*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (auto *isd = dyn_cast<InputSectionDescription>(base))
3335*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       for (InputSection *isec : isd->sections)
3336*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         if (isec != this)
3337*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric           return true;
3338*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return false;
3339*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
3340*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3341*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void PPC32Got2Section::finalizeContents() {
3342*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // PPC32 may create multiple GOT sections for -fPIC/-fPIE, one per file in
3343*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // .got2 . This function computes outSecOff of each .got2 to be used in
3344*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // PPC32PltCallStub::writeTo(). The purpose of this empty synthetic section is
3345*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // to collect input sections named ".got2".
3346*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   uint32_t offset = 0;
3347*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (BaseCommand *base : getParent()->sectionCommands)
3348*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (auto *isd = dyn_cast<InputSectionDescription>(base)) {
3349*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       for (InputSection *isec : isd->sections) {
3350*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         if (isec == this)
3351*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric           continue;
3352*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         isec->file->ppc32Got2OutSecOff = offset;
3353*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         offset += (uint32_t)isec->getSize();
3354*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       }
3355*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     }
3356*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
3357*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3358*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // If linking position-dependent code then the table will store the addresses
3359*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // directly in the binary so the section has type SHT_PROGBITS. If linking
3360*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // position-independent code the section has type SHT_NOBITS since it will be
3361*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric // allocated and filled in by the dynamic linker.
3362*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric PPC64LongBranchTargetSection::PPC64LongBranchTargetSection()
3363*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE,
3364*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                        config->isPic ? SHT_NOBITS : SHT_PROGBITS, 8,
3365*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric                        ".branch_lt") {}
3366*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3367*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void PPC64LongBranchTargetSection::addEntry(Symbol &sym) {
3368*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   assert(sym.ppc64BranchltIndex == 0xffff);
3369*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   sym.ppc64BranchltIndex = entries.size();
3370*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   entries.push_back(&sym);
3371*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
3372*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3373*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t PPC64LongBranchTargetSection::getSize() const {
3374*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return entries.size() * 8;
3375*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
3376*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3377*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void PPC64LongBranchTargetSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) {
3378*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // If linking non-pic we have the final addresses of the targets and they get
3379*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // written to the table directly. For pic the dynamic linker will allocate
3380*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // the section and fill it it.
3381*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (config->isPic)
3382*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return;
3383*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3384*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (const Symbol *sym : entries) {
3385*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     assert(sym->getVA());
3386*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // Need calls to branch to the local entry-point since a long-branch
3387*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     // must be a local-call.
3388*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     write64(buf,
3389*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric             sym->getVA() + getPPC64GlobalEntryToLocalEntryOffset(sym->stOther));
3390*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     buf += 8;
3391*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
3392*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
3393*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3394*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool PPC64LongBranchTargetSection::isNeeded() const {
3395*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // `removeUnusedSyntheticSections()` is called before thunk allocation which
3396*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // is too early to determine if this section will be empty or not. We need
3397*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Finalized to keep the section alive until after thunk creation. Finalized
3398*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // only gets set to true once `finalizeSections()` is called after thunk
3399*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // creation. Becuase of this, if we don't create any long-branch thunks we end
3400*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // up with an empty .branch_lt section in the binary.
3401*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return !finalized || !entries.empty();
3402*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
3403*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3404*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric RISCVSdataSection::RISCVSdataSection()
3405*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE, SHT_PROGBITS, 1, ".sdata") {}
3406*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3407*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool RISCVSdataSection::isNeeded() const {
3408*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (!ElfSym::riscvGlobalPointer)
3409*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return false;
3410*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3411*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // __global_pointer$ is defined relative to .sdata . If the section does not
3412*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // exist, create a dummy one.
3413*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (BaseCommand *base : getParent()->sectionCommands)
3414*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (auto *isd = dyn_cast<InputSectionDescription>(base))
3415*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       for (InputSection *isec : isd->sections)
3416*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         if (isec != this)
3417*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric           return false;
3418*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return true;
3419*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
3420*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3421*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric static uint8_t getAbiVersion() {
3422*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // MIPS non-PIC executable gets ABI version 1.
3423*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (config->emachine == EM_MIPS) {
3424*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     if (!config->isPic && !config->relocatable &&
3425*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         (config->eflags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) == EF_MIPS_CPIC)
3426*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       return 1;
3427*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return 0;
3428*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
3429*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3430*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (config->emachine == EM_AMDGPU) {
3431*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     uint8_t ver = objectFiles[0]->abiVersion;
3432*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     for (InputFile *file : makeArrayRef(objectFiles).slice(1))
3433*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric       if (file->abiVersion != ver)
3434*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         error("incompatible ABI version: " + toString(file));
3435*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     return ver;
3436*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
3437*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3438*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return 0;
3439*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
3440*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3441*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <typename ELFT> void elf::writeEhdr(uint8_t *buf, Partition &part) {
3442*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // For executable segments, the trap instructions are written before writing
3443*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // the header. Setting Elf header bytes to zero ensures that any unused bytes
3444*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // in header are zero-cleared, instead of having trap instructions.
3445*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   memset(buf, 0, sizeof(typename ELFT::Ehdr));
3446*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   memcpy(buf, "\177ELF", 4);
3447*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3448*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   auto *eHdr = reinterpret_cast<typename ELFT::Ehdr *>(buf);
3449*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   eHdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = config->is64 ? ELFCLASS64 : ELFCLASS32;
3450*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   eHdr->e_ident[EI_DATA] = config->isLE ? ELFDATA2LSB : ELFDATA2MSB;
3451*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   eHdr->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = EV_CURRENT;
3452*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   eHdr->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = config->osabi;
3453*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   eHdr->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = getAbiVersion();
3454*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   eHdr->e_machine = config->emachine;
3455*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   eHdr->e_version = EV_CURRENT;
3456*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   eHdr->e_flags = config->eflags;
3457*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   eHdr->e_ehsize = sizeof(typename ELFT::Ehdr);
3458*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   eHdr->e_phnum = part.phdrs.size();
3459*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   eHdr->e_shentsize = sizeof(typename ELFT::Shdr);
3460*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3461*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   if (!config->relocatable) {
3462*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     eHdr->e_phoff = sizeof(typename ELFT::Ehdr);
3463*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     eHdr->e_phentsize = sizeof(typename ELFT::Phdr);
3464*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
3465*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
3466*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3467*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <typename ELFT> void elf::writePhdrs(uint8_t *buf, Partition &part) {
3468*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Write the program header table.
3469*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   auto *hBuf = reinterpret_cast<typename ELFT::Phdr *>(buf);
3470*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (PhdrEntry *p : part.phdrs) {
3471*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     hBuf->p_type = p->p_type;
3472*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     hBuf->p_flags = p->p_flags;
3473*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     hBuf->p_offset = p->p_offset;
3474*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     hBuf->p_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
3475*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     hBuf->p_paddr = p->p_paddr;
3476*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     hBuf->p_filesz = p->p_filesz;
3477*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     hBuf->p_memsz = p->p_memsz;
3478*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     hBuf->p_align = p->p_align;
3479*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     ++hBuf;
3480*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
3481*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
3482*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3483*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <typename ELFT>
3484*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric PartitionElfHeaderSection<ELFT>::PartitionElfHeaderSection()
3485*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC, SHT_LLVM_PART_EHDR, 1, "") {}
3486*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3487*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <typename ELFT>
3488*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t PartitionElfHeaderSection<ELFT>::getSize() const {
3489*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return sizeof(typename ELFT::Ehdr);
3490*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
3491*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3492*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <typename ELFT>
3493*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void PartitionElfHeaderSection<ELFT>::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) {
3494*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   writeEhdr<ELFT>(buf, getPartition());
3495*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3496*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   // Loadable partitions are always ET_DYN.
3497*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   auto *eHdr = reinterpret_cast<typename ELFT::Ehdr *>(buf);
3498*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   eHdr->e_type = ET_DYN;
3499*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
3500*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3501*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <typename ELFT>
3502*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric PartitionProgramHeadersSection<ELFT>::PartitionProgramHeadersSection()
3503*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC, SHT_LLVM_PART_PHDR, 1, ".phdrs") {}
3504*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3505*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <typename ELFT>
3506*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t PartitionProgramHeadersSection<ELFT>::getSize() const {
3507*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return sizeof(typename ELFT::Phdr) * getPartition().phdrs.size();
3508*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
3509*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3510*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <typename ELFT>
3511*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void PartitionProgramHeadersSection<ELFT>::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) {
3512*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   writePhdrs<ELFT>(buf, getPartition());
3513*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
3514*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3515*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric PartitionIndexSection::PartitionIndexSection()
3516*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC, SHT_PROGBITS, 4, ".rodata") {}
3517*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3518*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t PartitionIndexSection::getSize() const {
3519*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   return 12 * (partitions.size() - 1);
3520*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
3521*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3522*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void PartitionIndexSection::finalizeContents() {
3523*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (size_t i = 1; i != partitions.size(); ++i)
3524*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     partitions[i].nameStrTab = mainPart->dynStrTab->addString(partitions[i].name);
3525*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
3526*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3527*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric void PartitionIndexSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) {
3528*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   uint64_t va = getVA();
3529*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   for (size_t i = 1; i != partitions.size(); ++i) {
3530*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     write32(buf, mainPart->dynStrTab->getVA() + partitions[i].nameStrTab - va);
3531*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     write32(buf + 4, partitions[i].elfHeader->getVA() - (va + 4));
3532*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3533*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     SyntheticSection *next =
3534*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric         i == partitions.size() - 1 ? in.partEnd : partitions[i + 1].elfHeader;
3535*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     write32(buf + 8, next->getVA() - partitions[i].elfHeader->getVA());
3536*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3537*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     va += 12;
3538*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric     buf += 12;
3539*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric   }
3540*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric }
3541*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3542*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric InStruct elf::in;
3543*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3544*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric std::vector<Partition> elf::partitions;
3545*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric Partition *elf::mainPart;
3546*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3547*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template GdbIndexSection *GdbIndexSection::create<ELF32LE>();
3548*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template GdbIndexSection *GdbIndexSection::create<ELF32BE>();
3549*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template GdbIndexSection *GdbIndexSection::create<ELF64LE>();
3550*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template GdbIndexSection *GdbIndexSection::create<ELF64BE>();
3551*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3552*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template void elf::splitSections<ELF32LE>();
3553*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template void elf::splitSections<ELF32BE>();
3554*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template void elf::splitSections<ELF64LE>();
3555*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template void elf::splitSections<ELF64BE>();
3556*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3557*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template void EhFrameSection::addSection<ELF32LE>(InputSectionBase *);
3558*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template void EhFrameSection::addSection<ELF32BE>(InputSectionBase *);
3559*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template void EhFrameSection::addSection<ELF64LE>(InputSectionBase *);
3560*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template void EhFrameSection::addSection<ELF64BE>(InputSectionBase *);
3561*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3562*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template void PltSection::addEntry<ELF32LE>(Symbol &Sym);
3563*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template void PltSection::addEntry<ELF32BE>(Symbol &Sym);
3564*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template void PltSection::addEntry<ELF64LE>(Symbol &Sym);
3565*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template void PltSection::addEntry<ELF64BE>(Symbol &Sym);
3566*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3567*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::MipsAbiFlagsSection<ELF32LE>;
3568*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::MipsAbiFlagsSection<ELF32BE>;
3569*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::MipsAbiFlagsSection<ELF64LE>;
3570*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::MipsAbiFlagsSection<ELF64BE>;
3571*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3572*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::MipsOptionsSection<ELF32LE>;
3573*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::MipsOptionsSection<ELF32BE>;
3574*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::MipsOptionsSection<ELF64LE>;
3575*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::MipsOptionsSection<ELF64BE>;
3576*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3577*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::MipsReginfoSection<ELF32LE>;
3578*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::MipsReginfoSection<ELF32BE>;
3579*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::MipsReginfoSection<ELF64LE>;
3580*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::MipsReginfoSection<ELF64BE>;
3581*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3582*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::DynamicSection<ELF32LE>;
3583*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::DynamicSection<ELF32BE>;
3584*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::DynamicSection<ELF64LE>;
3585*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::DynamicSection<ELF64BE>;
3586*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3587*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::RelocationSection<ELF32LE>;
3588*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::RelocationSection<ELF32BE>;
3589*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::RelocationSection<ELF64LE>;
3590*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::RelocationSection<ELF64BE>;
3591*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3592*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::AndroidPackedRelocationSection<ELF32LE>;
3593*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::AndroidPackedRelocationSection<ELF32BE>;
3594*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::AndroidPackedRelocationSection<ELF64LE>;
3595*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::AndroidPackedRelocationSection<ELF64BE>;
3596*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3597*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::RelrSection<ELF32LE>;
3598*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::RelrSection<ELF32BE>;
3599*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::RelrSection<ELF64LE>;
3600*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::RelrSection<ELF64BE>;
3601*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3602*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::SymbolTableSection<ELF32LE>;
3603*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::SymbolTableSection<ELF32BE>;
3604*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::SymbolTableSection<ELF64LE>;
3605*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::SymbolTableSection<ELF64BE>;
3606*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3607*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::VersionNeedSection<ELF32LE>;
3608*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::VersionNeedSection<ELF32BE>;
3609*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::VersionNeedSection<ELF64LE>;
3610*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::VersionNeedSection<ELF64BE>;
3611*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3612*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template void elf::writeEhdr<ELF32LE>(uint8_t *Buf, Partition &Part);
3613*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template void elf::writeEhdr<ELF32BE>(uint8_t *Buf, Partition &Part);
3614*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template void elf::writeEhdr<ELF64LE>(uint8_t *Buf, Partition &Part);
3615*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template void elf::writeEhdr<ELF64BE>(uint8_t *Buf, Partition &Part);
3616*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3617*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template void elf::writePhdrs<ELF32LE>(uint8_t *Buf, Partition &Part);
3618*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template void elf::writePhdrs<ELF32BE>(uint8_t *Buf, Partition &Part);
3619*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template void elf::writePhdrs<ELF64LE>(uint8_t *Buf, Partition &Part);
3620*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template void elf::writePhdrs<ELF64BE>(uint8_t *Buf, Partition &Part);
3621*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3622*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::PartitionElfHeaderSection<ELF32LE>;
3623*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::PartitionElfHeaderSection<ELF32BE>;
3624*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::PartitionElfHeaderSection<ELF64LE>;
3625*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::PartitionElfHeaderSection<ELF64BE>;
3626*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric 
3627*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::PartitionProgramHeadersSection<ELF32LE>;
3628*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::PartitionProgramHeadersSection<ELF32BE>;
3629*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::PartitionProgramHeadersSection<ELF64LE>;
3630*0b57cec5SDimitry Andric template class elf::PartitionProgramHeadersSection<ELF64BE>;
3631